United States
                  Environmental Protection
                  Agency
Office of Emergency and
Remedial Response
Washington, DC 20460
   Version 4,0
March 11, 1992
                  Superfund
       &EPA    WasteLAN
                  WasteLAN User's Manual
CO
CXI
C_3
CD
                        d —rtcrn L.lbrr,,

-------

-------
 CHAPTER 1
WASTELAN SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
             TABLE OF CONTENTS

   INTRODUCTION
Page
       1.1   WASTELAN SYSTEM  	1-1
       1.1.1        Description	1-1
       1.1.2        Structure	1-1
       1.2   WASTELAN SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION MODULE	1-3
       1.3   ORGANIZATION OF MANUAL	1-3
       1.4   OTHER AVAILABLE REFERENCE MATERIALS	1-4

 CHAPTER 2       SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

      2.1   FILE SERVER SETUP  	2-1
      2.1.1        Volumes  	2-1
      2.1.2        Disk Space Requirements	2-2
      2.1.3        Open File Requirements	2-2
      2.1.4        Directory Structure	2-3
      2.1.5        File Attribute  	2-4
      2.1.6        Printer Settings	2-4
      2.1.7        FoxBASE Requirements	2-6
      2.1.8        Relational Report Writer Requirements	2-7
      2.1.9        Remote Access Requirements  	2-7
      2.2   USER SETUP	2-8
      2.2.1        Group Profiles	2-8
      2.2.2        System Login Scripts	2-8
      2.2.3        Trustee Rights	2-9
      2.2.4        Disk Space Limitations  	2-9
      2.3   WORKSTATION SETUP	2-11
      2.3.1        Hardware Requirements	2-11
      2.3.2        DOS Requirements	2-11
      2.3.3        Other Software Requirements  	2-12
      2.4   SYSTEM SECURITY   	2-12
      2.4.1        LAN Login ID/Password	2-13
      2.4.2        Supervisor Access  	2-13
      2.4.3        AutoMAXX Menu	2-13
      2.4.4        Confidential Data	2-13
      2.4.5        Software License Agreements and Updates  	2-14
      2.4.6        WasteLAN Data File Access Using Commercial Software	2-14
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
               WASTELAN SYSTEM
            ADMINISTRATION MANUAL

-------
CHAPTER 3
SYSTEM ADMINISTRATOR RESPONSIBILITIES
      3.1   DATA QUALITY CONTROL	3-1
      3.1.1        WasteLAN/CERCLIS Synchronization	3-1
      3.1.2        File Maintenance	3-1
      3.2   DATA TRANSFER	3-2
      3.2.1        Frequency  	3-2
      3.2.2        Upload Process	3-4
      3.3   DATA SECURITY	3-5
      3.3.1        User Access Control	3-5
      3.3.2        User Access Guidelines	3-5
      3.3.3        Screening Confidential Data  	3-6
      3.4   DATA BACKUP AND RECOVERY	3-6
      3.4.1        Frequency  	3-6
      3.4.2        Storage	3-8
      3.4.3        Testing	3-8
      3.4.4        Archiving	3-8
      3.5   NEW RELEASE IMPLEMENTATION  	3-8
      3.5.1        Schedule  	3-8
      3.5.2        Distribution  	3-8
      3.5.3        Notification  	3-9
      3.5.4        Documentation  	3-9
      3.6   TROUBLESHOOTING AND PROBLEM REPORTING  	3-9
      3.6.1        Documentation of Problem	3-9
      3.6.2        Problem Determination and Reporting 	3-10
      3.6.3        Unlock Records	3-11
      3.6.4        Reindex Databases  	3-12

CHAPTER 4       SYSTEM NAVIGATION AND FEATURES

      4.1    ACCESS PROCEDURES  	4-1
      4.1.1        WasteLAN Access	4-1
      4.1.2        System Administration Access	4-4
      4.2    SCREEN TYPES 	4-5
      4.2.1        Menu Screens	4-5
      4.2.2       Summary Screens	4-6
      4.2.3        Combination Summary/Menus	4-8
      4.2.4       Data Screens	4-9
      4.3    SCREEN FEATURES  	4-10
      4.3.1       Data Fields	4-11
      4.3.2       Comment Fields	4-12
      4.3.3       Pop-Up Windows	4-13
      4.3.4       Status Lines  	4-14
                              WASTELAN SYSTEM
                           ADMINISTRATOR MANUAL
                                                   03/11/92
                                                VERSION 4.0

-------
      4.3.5        Turbo Access  	4-18
      4.4   SCREEN OPERATION  	4-18
      4.4.1        Cursor Movement  	4-18
      4.4.2        Data Entry	4-19
      4.4.3        Edit Checks  	4-20
      4.4.4        Error Messages	4-20
      4.5   EXIT PROCEDURES  	4-20

 CHAPTER 5       WASTELAN USER INFORMATION
      5.1   SYSTEM ACCESS SUMMARY	5-2
      5.1.1        Access Indicators	5-2
      5.1.2        Enforcement Data Access	5-2
      5.1.3        Financial Data Access	5-3
      5.2   USER INFORMATION MENU  	5-3
      5.2.1        Next User  	5-3
      5.2.2        Previous User	5-4
      5.2.3        Add New User  	5-4
      5.2.4        Edit Password/Rights   	5-4
      5.2.5        Delete User  	5-5
      5.2.6        Search For User  	5-5
      5.2.7        Site Locking	5-5
      5.2.8        Global SCAP Lockout	5-12

 CHAPTER 6       WASTELAN FILE MAINTENANCE
      6.1   UNLOCK RECORDS  	6-1
      6.2   RE-INDEX DATABASES	6-5
      6.3   DATABASE DIRECTORY	6-7

 CHAPTER 7       REGIONAL FEATURES
      7.1   REGIONAL  FIELDS	7-1
      7.2   REGIONAL  PROJECT MANAGERS	7-3
      7.3   NSI MAINTENANCE	7-5
      7.3.1        Update Non-Site Incident Activity Codes  	7-5
      7.3.2        Update Target/Accomplishment Activity Codes	7-7
      7.3.3        Update Budget Control Type Codes	7-9
      7.3.4        Update Advice of Allowance Type Codes	7-10
      7.4   SUBEVENT/MILESTONE CODES	7-12
      7.4.1        Subevent Codes	7-14
      7.4.2        Milestone Codes  	7-18
      7.5   MASS GENERATION	7-23
      7.5.1        FSS/FSC Generation Routine	7-23
      7.5.2        Past Planned Date Adjustment	7-24
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
in

-------
 CHAPTER 8      UPLOAD MENU
      8.1    UPLOAD	8-2
      8.1.1       Edit Check Reports	8-3
      8.1.2       Add/Edit/Delete Rejected Records	8-3
      8.1.3       Reset Rejected Records 	8-9
      8.1.4       Upload WasteLAN	8-11
      8.1.5       File Transfer to Mainframe CERCLIS	8-13
      8.1.6       Submit Job on Mainframe	8-14
      8.1.7       Upload Problems	8-18
      8.1.8       Upload Reports	8-18
      8.2    DOWNLOAD	8-19
      8.2.1       Copy CERCLIS Datasets to DOS	8-19
      8.2.2       File Transfer to Regional LAN  	8-21
      8.2.3       Copy Downloaded Files Into WasteLAN	8-22
      8.2.4       Integrate Downloaded Data Into WasteLAN	8-23
      8.2.5       Download Reports  	8-24
      8.3    AUTOMATED WASTELAN/MAINFRAME DATABASE COMPARE .  8-25
      8.3.1       Run Full Cycle Upload/Download	8-25
      8.3.2       Execute Database Compare	8-25
      8.3.3       File Transfer to Mainframe	8-26
      8.3.4       Submit Job on Mainframe	8-27
      8.3.5       Analyze Database Compare Reports  	8-29
      8.3.6       Regional Reconciliation of WasteLAN/CERCLIS  	8-29

CHAPTER 9      REPORT MENU
      9.1    S.3 REPORT	9-2
      9.2    RESET S.3 REPORT VALUES   	9-3
      9.3    USER ID &  RIGHTS REPORT   	9-3
      9.4    DELETION  AUDIT TRAIL  	9-3
      9.5    SYSTEM ERROR REPORT  	9-4
      9.6    MATCHING PLANNED  	9-4
      9.7    MATCHING ACTUAL  	9-4
      9.8    MISSING ACN/DCN NUMBERS	9-5
      9.9    LINKS BATCH ROUTINE	9-5
CHAPTER 10
ADD NEWS ALERTS
APPENDIX A WASTELAN ERROR MESSAGES

APPENDIX B WASTELAN DATABASES

APPENDIX  C    CERCLIS/WASTELAN  DATA  TRANSFER  FILE  NAMING
CONVENTIONS
IV
            WASTELAN SYSTEM
         ADMINISTRATOR MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
APPENDIX D CERCLIS/WASTELAN COMPARED FIELDS

APPENDIX E FOXBASE/LAN ERROR MESSAGES

APPENDIX F WASTELAN DATABASE FILES-SORTED BY DATABASE

APPENDIX G CERCLIS ERROR MESSAGES

APPENDIX H CERHELP ERROR MESSAGES
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
  WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL

-------
                WASTELAN SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
                               LIST OF EXHIBITS
 Exhibit
 No.   Title
                                               Page
 1-1    Superfund Data Flow  	1-2
 1-6    WasteLAN File Stucture   	1-6

 3-1    Weekly Data Transfer Calendar	3-3
 3-2    WasteLAN Upload Process	3-7

 4-1    LAN Menu  	4-2
 4-2    WasteLAN Login Screen	4-3
 4-3    WasteLAN Main Menu	4-4
 4-4    System Administration Menu	4-5
 4-5    Upload Menu  	4-6
 4-6    Activity Summary  "VIEW" Screen	4-7
 4-7    Financial Summary Screen (Actual Obligations) 	4-8
 4-8    User Information Summary/Menu	4-9
 4-9    Site Summary "ADD" Screen  	4-10
 4-10   CERCLIS Rejection Info "ADD" Screen  	4-11
 4-11   Non-Site Incident Activity  "ADD" Screen	4-12
 4-12   CERCLIS Record Types Pop-Up Window	4-13
 4-13   Menu Screen Status Line	4-14
 4-14   Summary Screen Status Line (Single Record)	4-15
 4-15   Summary Screen Status Line (Multiple Record) 	4-16
 4-16   "ADD" Data Screen Status Line	4-16
 4-17   "EDIT" Data Screen Status Line  	4-17

 5-1    User Information Summary/Menu	5-1
 5-2    Site Locking Menu	5-6
 5-3    Site Locking On/Off Switch  	5-7
 5-4    View Global Site Access Screen	5-7
 5-5    Site Access Assignment Menu	5-9
 5-6    Add Site Assignment Screen	5-10
 5-7    Delete Site Assignment Screen	5-11
 5-8    View Site Assignment Screen  	5-12
 5-9    Global SCAP Lockout Menu	5-13
 5-10   SCAP Lockout On/Off Switch	5-14
 5-11   View User Exceptions Screen  	5-15
VI
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATOR MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
 6-1    System Administration Menu	6-1
 6-2    Unlock Records Screen 	6-3
 6-3    Unlock Record Selection Status Line	6-4
 6-4    Re-Index Databases Screen	6-6
 6-5    Database Directory Screen   	6-7

 7-1    System Administration Menu	7-1
 7-2    Regional Fields Menu	7-2
 7-3    Site Regional Fields Data Screen  	7-3
 7-4    Regional Project Managers Screen  	7-4
 7-5    NSI Maintenance Menu	7-6
 7-6    Non-Site Incident Activity Codes Update Screen	7-7
 7-7    T/A Activity Codes Menu   	7-9
 7-8    T/A -Pre-Remedial Codes  Update Screen  	7-10
 7-9    Budget Control Type Codes  Menu  	7-12
 7-10   Budget Control - Program Codes Update Screen	7-13
 7-11   Advice of Allowance Type Codes Menu	7-14
 7-12   Advice of Allowance - Program Codes Update Screen  	7-15
 7-13   Subevent/Milestone Codes Menu  	7-16
 7-14   Subevent Codes Update Screen   	7-17
 7-15   Milestone Codes Update Screen	7-22
 7-16   Mass Generation Main Menu	7-26
 7-17   FSS/FSC Site Exclusion Pop-up Window	7-27
 7-18   FSS/FSC Generation Audit Report  	7-29
 7-19   Past Planned Start/Completion Adjustment Audit Report	7-30
 7-1    System Administration Menu	7-1
 7-2    Regional Fields Menu	7-2
 7-3    Site Regional Fields Data Screen  	7-3
 7-4    Regional Project Managers Screen  	7-4
 7-5    NSI Maintenance Menu	7-5
 7-6    Non-Site Incident Activity  Codes Update Screen	7-6
 7-7    T/A Activity Codes Menu   	7-7
 7-8    T/A -Pre-Remedial Codes Update Screen  	7-8
 7-9    Budget Control Type Codes Menu  	7-10
 7-10   Budget Control - Program  Codes Update Screen	7-10
 7-11   Advice of Allowance Type Codes Menu	7-11
 7-12   Advice of Allowance - Program Codes Update Screen  	7-12
 7-13   Subevent/Milestone Codes  Menu  	7-13
 7-14   Subevent Codes Update Screen   	7-14
 7-15   Milestone Codes Update Screen	7-19
 7-16   Mass Generation Main Menu	7-23
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
vu

-------
 8-1    System Administration Menu	8-1
 8-2    Upload Menu  	8-2
 8-3    CERCLIS Audit Report Sample	8-4
 8-4    Add/Edit/Delete Rejected Records Menu   	8-5
 8-5    CERCLIS Rejection Info  "ADD" Screen   	8-7
 8-6    Pop-up Windows for CERCLIS Rejection Info "ADD" Screen  	8-10
 8-7    Reset Rejected Records Menu  	8-11
 8-8    Upload WasteLAN Menu	8-12
 8-9    CERCLIS Main Menu	8-15
 8-10   WasteLAN Utilities Menu  	8-16
 8-11   CERCLIS Main Menu	8-27
 8-12   WasteLAN Utilities Menu  	8-28
 8-13   Database Compare Report Sample	8-30

 9-1    System Administration Menu	9-1
 9-2    System Administration Report Menu	9-2

 10-1   System Administration Menu	10-1
 10-2   Add News Alerts Screen  	10-2
vm
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATOR MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
      WASTELAN
SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION
       MANUAL
      CHAPTER 1
  INTRODUCTION
        03/11/92
      VERSION 4.0
        FINAL

-------

-------
                                                                      INTRODUCTION
                        CHAPTER 1:  INTRODUCTION
 The WasteLAN System Administration Manual is intended to guide and instruct WasteLAN
 System Administrators in establishing and continuing the effective operation of the WasteLAN
 system.  The manual details the specifications and requirements of the WasteLAN operating
 environment, describes the specific responsibilities of the WasteLAN System Administrator, and
 explains and illustrates the functions within the WasteLAN System Administration module.

 1.1    WASTELAN SYSTEM

 WasteLAN is an automated  tracking system designed to accommodate the entry, maintenance,
 and  transfer of data associated with Superfund events and activities.  Features in WasteLAN
 equip regional personnel with the tools necessary to meet Headquarters reporting requirements.
 In addition,  the system supports regional program management efforts.

 1.1.1  Description

 WasteLAN is an integrated database developed in the FoxBASE+ programming language. The
 application operates on personal computers (PCs) in a multi-user, local area network (LAN)
 environment. Several features in WasteLAN, such as menu-driven selection, standardized screen
 formats, on-line help functions, and built-in edit checks, make the system simple to learn and
 use.

 WasteLAN tracks both response and enforcement information site-specifically.  The system
 offers site-, event-, and activity-level access. Furthermore, the ISIF and Links modules assist
 WasteLAN users in constructing a composite site history by providing the means  to link
 response events and enforcement activities together to create a map of related occurrences.

 1.1.2  Structure

 As  mentioned  in the preceding section, the WasteLAN system is accessed  using personal
 computers in a multi-user LAN environment. Using WasteLAN, regional staff send uploads to
 and receive downloads from the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and
 Liability Information System (CERCLIS). CERCLIS is the EPA's national Superfund database
 residing on an IBM 3090 mainframe at EPA's National Computer Center in Research Triangle
 Park (RTP), North Carolina.

 CERCLIS functions as a central data tracking and transfer point for several  systems involved
 in Superfund information management.  For example, the Integrated Financial Management
 System  (IFMS)  tracks  Superfund financial information and  transmits  updates to regional
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
1-1

-------
INTRODUCTION
WasteLAN databases via CERCLIS downloads. Likewise, as financial information is updated
in WasteLAN, it is uploaded to CERCLIS to be linked with updates from IFMS.
     Note: As of this writing,, the IFMS transfer to CERCLIS is not operational.
CERCLIS also interfaces with CleanLAN, the Superfund tracking system used by the United
States Army Corps of Engineers (USAGE, or COE).  The CleanLAN system includes data
pertaining to USAGE events, as well as construction data sent from the Automated Management
and Progress Reporting System (AMPRS).
USAGE data for CleanLAN/WasteLAN  shared events is transmitted to CERCLIS and then
downloaded to WasteLAN.  CleanLAN data downloaded  to WasteLAN is available on a
view-only basis; it cannot be edited in WasteLAN.  Furthermore, CleanLAN personnel cannot
modify data that originates in WasteLAN.

Exhibit  1-1  shows the general flow of Superfund data coordinated  by  CERCLIS. Through
CERCLIS, WasteLAN indirectly shares data with IFMS, CleanLAN, and AMPRS.
                      Construction Milestones
                                               • Corps of Engineers DestgrV
                                                Construction Milestones
   DIVISION
  CLEANLAN
   Omahi,NE
                                                                         Financial
                                                                         Transactions
         Design Milestones
                                                               CERCUS
                                                           HtSMTcrt TrUngrt Pwk. NC
           Project InttaSzafon
           Information
           Project Updates
                      CEFCUS Project
                      Initialization InJormsJion
         DISTRICT
       CLEANLAN (2)
         Omini.NE
        Kanui CMy, KS
     • HO Reporttig Information
     • Corps «t Engineers
      Milestones/Events
                                                          »Financial Transactions
                                                          • Corps ol Engineers Design/
                                                           Construction Milestones
                                       REGIONAL
                                       WASTELAN
                            Exhibit 1-1 Superfund Data Flow
1-2
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                     INTRODUCTION
To streamline WasteLAN/CERCLIS data transfer, the file structure of WasteLAN emulates the
file structure of CERCLIS, Information is organized by event or activity category within a site
incident. Exhibit 1-2 illustrates the file structure of WasteLAN.

1.2   WASTELAN SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION MODULE

The WasteLAN System Administration module contains the functions necessary to carry out the
responsibilities of the WasteLAN System Administrator.  The System Administration module
is a component of the WasteLAN system,  accessed by selecting an  option on the WasteLAN
Main Menu.

The System Administration option is accessible only to those users with System Administration
rights.   WasteLAN  users without System  Administration rights  do not  see  the System
Administration menu option when they log  in to WasteLAN.

1.3   ORGANIZATION OF MANUAL

The WasteLAN System Administration Manual is intended to be the definitive reference tool for
WasteLAN System Administrators. In addition to describing and illustrating the features of the
WasteLAN System Administration module, this manual includes essential information concerning
the WasteLAN environment and the responsibilities of the WasteLAN System Administrator.
The remainder of this manual is organized as follows:

       Chapter 2, System Configuration - lists the hardware and software setup specifications
       required or recommended for the efficient operation of the WasteLAN application and
       mentions LAN security issues.

       Chapter 3, WasteLAN System  Administrator  Responsibilities - specifies  the various
       responsibilities of the WasteLAN System Administrator.

       Chapter 4, WasteLAN System Navigation and Features - describes how to access and exit
       WasteLAN and includes standard screen types,  components, and operations.

       Chapter 5, WasteLAN User Information - presents and describes the screens used  to add
       and modify user IDs and access rights within WasteLAN.

       Chapter 6, WasteLAN File Maintenance - demonstrates  the file display and  repair
       functions available in the WasteLAN System Administration module.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
1-3

-------
INTRODUCTION
       Chapter  7, Regional Features - describes  the  functions  the  WasteLAN  System
       Administrator can use to customize regional WasteLAN data.

       Chapter 8,  Upload Menu - details the options available on the WasteLAN Upload Menu,
       including rejected record maintenance, upload, integration, and comparison functions.

       Chapter 9,  Repon Menu - briefly describes the edit reports used to check for common
       WasteLAN data errors.  More detailed information is available in theWasteLAN Reports
       Library.

       Chapter 10, Add News  Alerts  -  explains  how to create news alerts  to disseminate
       information to all WasteLAN users.

       Appendix A, WasteLAN Error Messages - lists some of the most commonly encountered
       error messages in WasteLAN and includes their causes/resolutions.

       Appendix  B, WasteLAN Databases  - lists  the  databases  used  by the WasteLAN
       application.

       Appendix C, CERCLIS/WasteLAN Data Transfer File Naming Conventions - presents the
       file name formats used in CERCLIS/WasteLAN data transfer.

       Appendix D, CERCLIS/WasteLAN Compared Fields - lists the fields that are checked
       during the Automated WasteLAN/Mainframe Compare process.

       Appendix  E, Foxbase/LAN Error Messages  - lists  some  of the  most commonly
       encountered error messages in Foxbase and on the LAN and  includes their causes and
       resolutions.

       Appendix F, WasteLAN Database Files - Sorted by Database Name and Subdirectory
       Name - this appendix lists all the databases in the WasteLAN  environment.

1.4    OTHER AVAILABLE REFERENCE MATERIALS

The following list specifies other available reference materials that contain information pertaining
to the WasteLAN application and/or its operating environment.

       CERCLIS/WasteLAN  Data Element Dictionary - lists each data  element  used in
       WasteLAN and includes all aspects of field definition  (i.e., type, size, etc.)
      WasteLAN Reports Library - explains how to generate WasteLAN reports and provides
1-4
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                      INTRODUCTION
       examples and descriptions of each report.

       WasteLAN User's Manual - demonstrates the screens and functions in the WasteLAN
       application; does not include System Administration functions or Reports options.

       CERCLlS/WasteLAN Links Coding Guidance - establishes rules for creating links between
       WasteLAN events and activities and includes instructions for entering links in WasteLAN
       and for creating a site map.

       CleanLAN User's Manual -  describes the nature and  function of CleanLAN, the
       Superfund tracking system used by USAGE. Since USACE-shared events are accessible
       in WasteLAN, WasteLAN users may find it helpful to refer to the CleanLAN User's
       Manual for clarification of USAGE data fields.

       Superfund Program Management Manual - contains coding  guidance for the entry of
       planning and accomplishment data.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
1-5

-------
 INTRODUCTION
                                                                            I
                                                                           i
                                                                           15
                                                                           i
1-6
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
        WASTELAN
   SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION
         MANUAL
        CHAPTER 2
SYSTEM CONFIGURATION
          03/11/92
         VERSION 4.0
          FINAL

-------

-------
                                                            SYSTEM CONFIGURATION
                CHAPTER 2:  SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

WasteLAN resides on personal computers (PCs)  in a local area network (LAN) environment.
The LAN environment consists of a file server,  software programs and applications (such as
WasteLAN), workstations, and printers; all of these elements function and communicate under
the direction of the Novell NetWare* operating system.

The correct configuration of each LAN component is essential to the successful operation of the
WasteLAN system.  Furthermore, the proper installation of the software packages that support
or  function  together with  the  WasteLAN application facilitates the administration  of the
WasteLAN system.

The EPA's National Data Processing Division (NDPD) establishes the policies and standards that
apply to all EPA LANs.  Each regional LAN should  be configured according  to NDPD
guidelines, as set forth in the document "Local  Area  Network Technical Guidelines," Volumes
I and II. Although configuration of the LAN is not the direct responsibility of the WasteLAN
System  Administrator,   familiarity  with  LAN specifications  can  facilitate WasteLAN
troubleshooting efforts.

The following sections list the configuration requirements or recommendations of the various
components  that affect  the WasteLAN  system.   Compliance  with  these requirements and
recommendations ensures the proper operating environment  for WasteLAN.   Additional
information concerning LAN configuration (e.g., file  server, workstation, and user account
setup) is available in the documentation included with the Novell NetWare" software package.

2.1   FILE SERVER SETUP

Ideally,  an entire file server should be reserved exclusively for WasteLAN and future expansions
of WasteLAN. However, in some cases,  other  applications may  operate on the WasteLAN file
server.  The following sections specify the requirements and recommendations that apply to
configuring the WasteLAN file server.

2.1.1  Volumes

The WasteLAN application requires an exclusive  volume.  It is recommended that WasteLAN
be installed on VOL1, and all other software applications be installed on  other volume(s).  For
example, FoxBASE, Relational Report Writer,  and TimeLine should be installed in their own
directories under VOL2:APPS or SYS:APPS.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
2-1

-------
 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION
 2.1.2  Disk Space Requirements

 The WasteLAN system requires at least 70 megabytes (MB) of disk space.  Space requirements
 are broken down as follows:
VOL1: WASTELAN WasteLAN data and application files
                   Database Compare operation
VOL2:APPS
(or SYSrAPPS)
FoxBASE+ Version 2.11
Relational Report Writer Version 3B
30-40 MB
30MB

1.1 MB
1.1 MB
2.1.3  Open File Requirements
The WasteLAN file server should allow 50 open files per simultaneous WasteLAN user. For
example, if a region anticipates 20 simultaneous WasteLAN users, the WasteLAN file server
should be system-generated to allow a minimum of 1000 open files. Follow the steps below to
check the maximum number of open files setting.

       1.     Access the LAN DOS prompt.

       2.     Type FCONSOLE and press  < Enter>.

             Result:   A  window of "Available Topics" options appears.  Select an
             option by using the  < t >, < * >, < PgUp > , and < PgDn >  keys to
             move the  light bar and highlight the desired  option.   Then,  press
             < Enter > to select it.

       3.     If necessary, select the "Change Current File Server" option to access the
             WasteLAN  file server.

       4.     Select the "Statistics" option.

       5.     Select the "File System Statistics" option.

             Result:  The File System Statistics screen  appears.  The second line on the
             left displays the "Configured Max  Open  Files" number.

       6.     If the Configured  Max  Open Files number is less than  1,000,
             inform the LAN Administrator.
2-2
             WASTELAN SYSTEM
          ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
            03/11/92
        VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                          SYSTEM CONFIGURATION
         Important:  Increasing the number of Configured Max  Open Files requires the
         re-generation of the server and re-installation of all software. This operation should
         be performed only with the approval of the LAN Administrator and users sharing
         the server.
7.    Use the  key to exit each pop-up window.

             Result:  Pressing   at the last window to be closed presents an exit
             confirmation window with the following prompt: EXIT FCONSOLE.

8.    Highlight the "Yes" option at the exit confirmation window and press < Enter>.

2.1.4 Directory Structure

The directory \WASTELAN must be created on the WasteLAN file server to accommodate the
WasteLAN application. Within the WASTELAN directory, the following subdirectories must
be established for WasteLAN files:

      \WASTELAN\ARCHIVE
      \WASTELAN\DATA
      \WASTELAN\FOX
      \WASTELAN\ISIFPANL
      \WASTELAN\PROJSCHL
      \WASTELAN\REGIONAL
      \WASTELAN\REPORTS
      \WASTELAN\TABLES

Temporary files (i.e., $T*.* files) are stored in the \WASTELAN directory and are  erased
automatically during the upload process.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
2-3

-------
 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION
     Important:  With the exception of files in the \WASTELAN\REGIONAL directory,
     no other files in  the WasteLAN  directory structure should be added, modified, or
     deleted outside of normal application  usage.
 2.1.5  File Attribute

 All files in the \WASTELAN directory and corresponding subdirectories should be flagged with
 the Shareable Read-Write (SRW) attribute.  Assign this attribute by executing the following
 Novell NetWare command for each \WASTELAN subdirectory:

       FLAG *.* SRW

 After the initial installation of  WasteLAN, the SRW  attribute is  re-assigned to all  files
 automatically during each upload.  However,  certain software applications may change this
 attribute when they are invoked.
 To check the SRW attribute, access the DOS prompt at the W:\WASTELAN directory.  Then
 type "FLAG" and press  < Enter >.  The attributes of all WasteLAN files will be displayed.
 To check the files  in a subdirectory of W:\WASTELAN, type "FLAG [SUBDIRECTORY
 NAME]" and press < Enter >.  The attributes of all corresponding files will be displayed.

 2.1.6  Printer Settings

 The WasteLAN application does not use capture commands except in reports.  Therefore, it is
 strongly recommended that login  scripts for all WasteLAN users include a statement to capture
 to a printer.  Users who do not have such a capture statement in their login script will not be
 able to print screens unless they select a printer in the Reports module.

 The WasteLAN application does  not support local printers.  However, the names and settings
 of other (network) printers available to WasteLAN users should be included in the WasteLAN
 printer table.  Named PRINTERS.DBF, the WasteLAN  printer table is located in the \DATA
 subdirectory and uses the index file PRINTERS.IDX.

 The structure of the PRINTERS.DBF file is illustrated below. Required fields are marked with
 an asterisk.  Check the appropriate printer manual(s) for the escape codes valid for your regional
printer.
2-4
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                              SYSTEM CONFIGURATION
Field Name

•NAME
*NET_NUMBER
*FILE_SERVE
*QUEUE_NAME
 PRINT_TYPE
 RRSETUP_NO
•PORTRAIT
•LANDSCAPE
•NORMAL
•COMPRESSED
•SDCJJNES
•ATE LINES
      Type   Len    Description

      CHAR 20      Printer name to appear in WasteLAN
      CHAR 1       Network printer number
      CHAR 10      File server name
      CHAR 10      Print queue name
      CHAR 25      (For future use)
      CHAR 1       (For future use)
      CHAR 20      Escape code for portrait
      CHAR 20      Escape code for landscape
      CHAR 20      Escape code for normal
      CHAR 20      Escape code for compressed
      CHAR 20      Escape code for 6 lines per inch
      CHAR 20      Escape code for 8 lines per inch
Sample escape codes are listed below.

Example 1 - Laser
 NAME
 NET NUMBER
 FILE~SERVE
 QUEUE NAME
 PRINT_fYPE
 RRSETUP_NO
 PORTRAIT
 LANDSCAPE
 NORMAL
 COMPRESSED
 SIX LINES
 ATE LINES
       Network Printer 0
0
R1WASTE
PRINTQJ)
HP LaserJet Series n
1
CHR(27)+'A10O"
CHR(27) + "&11O"
CHR(27) + "(slOh"
CHR(27)-t-"(sl6.6h"
CHR(27)+"&16d"
CHR(27) + "
 Example 2 - Dot Matrix
 NAME
 NET_NUMBER
 FILE_SERVE
 QUEUE_NAME
 PRINTJTYPE
 RRSETUP_NO
 PORTRAIT
 LANDSCAPE
 NORMAL
 COMPRESSED
 SDCJ-INES
 ATE LINES
Network Printer 1
1
R1WASTE
PRINTQJ
Okidata 2400
1
CHR(27) + "&10O"
CHR(27) + '&L10'
CHR(18)
CHR(15)
CHR(27) + "2"
CHR(27)+"0"
 03/11/92
 VERSION 4.0
                      WASTELAN SYSTEM
                  ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
                                                                                     2-5

-------
 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION
 2.1.7 FoxBASE Requirements

 WasteLAN is written in FoxBASE-H, version 2.11. It is recommended that FoxBASE reside
 in the SYS: APPS\FOXBASE or VOL2: APPSVFOXBASE directory of the WasteLAN file server.
 The WasteLAN System Administrator should have a search path to this directory (see Section
 2,2.2, System Login Scripts).

 FoxBASE contains a configuration file named CONFIG.FX.  This file sets certain parameters
 for a FoxBASE application such as WasteLAN. The FoxBASE CONFIG.FX file must reside
 in the W:\WASTELAN directory, and it must contain the following parameters:
BELL
BUCKET
COLOR
DEFA
DELETED
DELIMITER
MENU
EXACT
EXCLUSIVE
FILES
F2
F3
F4
F5
F6
F7
F8
F9
F10

HISTORY
HMEMORY
MVARSIZ
MVCOUNT
SCORE
STATUS
TALK
TEDIT
TIME
OFF
8
W/B.N/W.B
W:\WASTELAN
ON
OFF
4
ON
OFF
40
"DOWL 2MAIN;"
"RUN CD"
"DIR;"
"DISP STRU;"
"DISPSTAT;"
"DISP MEMO;"
"MODI COMM "
"MODI STRU;"
"SET PATH TO FOX, DATA, TABLES, ARCHIVE, REPORTS,
ISIFPANL;"
20
1
40
512
OFF
OFF
OFF
ED.EXE
50000
2-6
      WASTELAN SYSTEM
   ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                              SYSTEM CONFIGURATION
 2.1.8  Relational Report Writer Requirements

 WasteLAN uses Relational  Report Writer version 3B for both system-generated and ad hoc
 reports.  Relational Report Writer software should be loaded in a separate directory on the
 WasteLAN  file server.  It is  recommended that Relational  Report  Writer  reside in the
 SYS:APPS\RR directory.

 Each member of the Report Writer group should have a search path to this directory (see Section
 2.2.2, System Login Scripts). In addition, some configuration files used by Relational Report
 Writer are stored in the \REPORTS directory.  These files are installed when the WasteLAN
 application is installed and should not be altered.

 Relational Report Writer includes a configuration program that should  be executed when the
 software is installed. This configuration program, named RRSETUP, includes a parameter that
 should be set to allow simultaneous access to database and index files of both WasteLAN and
 Relational Report Writer. The parameter is as follows:

        ALLOW FILE WRITE =  YES

 Relational Report Writer also requires a special file called RRUSERS.DAT.  This file is created
 using RRLAN.EXE.   The RRUSERS.DAT file  controls the number  of users  who  can
 simultaneously access the Relational Report Writer software. Each region  must own one copy
 of Relational Report Writer  for each simultaneous user access.

 2.1.9  Remote Access Requirements

 Off-site WasteLAN support personnel occasionally need remote access to WasteLAN to provide
 system upgrades or to  assist with problem resolution.  To enable remote access to WasteLAN,
 one workstation attached to  the WasteLAN file server should be equipped  with the following:
 a  1200, 2400, or 9600 baud modem,  and a communications software package  such  as
 pcANYWARE or Carbon Copy version 5.

 When remote access is active, use of the remote access workstation should be restricted to
 support personnel only, and access to the workstation and any LAN applications should  be
 password protected. The LAN Administrator should  invoke communications software on the
 remote access workstation only when notified by the off-site WasteLAN support personnel.
 Upon completion of the remote access session (e.g., file transfer), the communications software
 must be disabled to prevent  unauthorized access.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
2-7

-------
 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION


 2.2    USER SETUP

 To ensure the proper access to and operation of WasteLAN, certain settings apply to WasteLAN
 users at the LAN level.  This section describes how to create group profiles and system login
 scripts, as well as how to assign directory rights and unlimited disk space for WasteLAN users.

 2.2.1  Group Profiles

 The SYSCON utility in Novell NetWare" includes a feature for setting up group profiles.  By
 establishing group profiles, login script commands and trustee rights can be assigned once for
 a whole group of WasteLAN users, instead of individually for each user.  To accommodate
 different levels  of access to  the WasteLAN  application  and supporting  software, it is
 recommended that the following three groups be established on the WasteLAN file server:

       •     WASTESYS - for the WasteLAN System Administrator,
       •     WASTEUSE - for "regular" WasteLAN users (requiring no special access),
       •     WASTEREP - for WasteLAN users who will also use
             Relational Report Writer.

 2.2.2  System Login Scripts

 A system login script establishes certain commands to be executed each time a user  logs in to
 the file server.  The Novell NetWare* SYSCON utility is used to create system login scripts.
 Once all WasteLAN users have  been set up in a group profile (see Section 2.2.1, above), then
 a system login script should be established for each group.  Examples of the system login script
 for each of the three WasteLAN group profiles are listed below.

 Example 1 - WASTESYS Group Login Script

 IF MEMBER OF "WasteSYS" THEN BEGIN
      SET STATION = "%STATION"
      SETNAME="%LOGIN NAME"
      MAP S16=[SERVER/VOLUME: DIRECTORY OF FOXBASE]
 END

 Example 2 - WASTEUSE Group Login Script

IF MEMBER OF "WasteUSE" THEN BEGIN
      SET STATION=" %STATION"
      SETNAME="%LOGIN NAME"
END

2-8                              WASTELAN SYSTEM                         03/11/92
                            ADMINISTRATION MANUAL                  VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                            SYSTEM CONFIGURATION
 Example 3 - WASTEREP Group Login Script

 IF MEMBER OF "WasteREP" THEN BEGIN
       SET STATION="%STATION"
       SETNAME="%LOGIN  NAME"
       MAP S16=[SERVER/VOLUME:DIRECTORY OF RELATIONAL
                   REPORT WRITER]
 END

 The first line of the login script specifies the group to which the statement applies.  The second
 and third lines are commands that store the workstation number and user login ID as global
 variables which are called in the WasteLAN application. The remaining lines of the login script
 establish search paths to other software packages to which the group needs access.

 2.2.3  Trustee Rights

 Trustee rights establish various levels of directory access. These rights are assigned using the
 Novell NetWare* SYSCON utility, and they can be assigned to a  whole group of LAN users at
 once (see Section 2.2.1).  When all WasteLAN users have been set up in the appropriate group
 profile, the following trustee rights  should be assigned to each of the three the WasteLAN
 groups (WASTESYS, WASTEUSE,  WASTEREP)  for all WasteLAN subdirectories except
 \FOX:
       R
       W
       O
       C
       D
       S
       M
Read from files
Write to files
Open existing files
Create new files, make new subdirectories
Delete existing files, erase existing subdirectories
Search the directory
Modify file status flags
When assigning trustee rights for the \FOX subdirectory, the "D - Delete existing files" privilege
may be omitted to prevent users from deleting FOX files.

2.2.4  Disk Space Limitations

To ensure the proper operation of WasteLAN screens, reports, and uploads, disk space should
not be limited for WasteLAN users (i.e., by user login ID). To check the disk space limitation
for a WasteLAN user, follow the steps below.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
             WASTELAN SYSTEM
          ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
2-9

-------
 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION
       1.     Access the DOS prompt.

       2.     Type SYSCON and press  < Enter >.

              Result: The "Available Topics" window appears.

       3.     If necessary,  choose "Change Current  File Server" and select  the
              WasteLAN file server.

       4.     From  the "Available Topics"  window, select the  "User Information"
              option.

              Result:  The "User  Names" window appears,  listing all users on  the
              current file server.

       5.     Select the desired user name.

       6.     From the "User Information" window, select the "Account Restrictions"
              option.

              Result: Account restrictions for the selected user are displayed.

       7.     Look for the "Limit Disk Space" option at the bottom of the window.
         Important:   If the disk resource  limitation option was  not  selected  when  the
         WasteLAN file server was system-generated, then the "Limit Disk Space" option
         does not appear.
2-10
             8.

             9.
•      If the word "Yes" appears next to the "Limit Disk Space" option,
       then use the < * >  key to move the cursor down and highlight this
       option, and type "N" to change it to "No."

•      If the word "No" appears next to the option, proceed to step 8.

Use the   key to close the Account  Restrictions window.

Repeat steps 5 through 8 for any  other WasteLAN users for which to
check the disk space limitation.
              WASTELAN SYSTEM
           ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                           SYSTEM CONFIGURATION
             10.   Use the  key to close each SYSCON window.

                   Result:  Pressing < Esc > at the last window to be closed
                   presents an exit confirmation window with the following
                   prompt: EXIT SYSCON.

             11.   Highlight the "Yes" option at the exit confirmation window and press
                   < Enter >.

 2.3    WORKSTATION SETUP

 2.3.1  Hardware Requirements

 Workstations used for the WasteLAN system should be 100% PC-compatible (e.g., IBM PS/2
 Model 30, Compaq 286,  IBM  PC/AT).   WasteLAN workstations must have at least a
 monochrome or CGA  monitor and 640 K (kilobytes) of internal memory.  In addition,  the
 WasteLAN System Administrator should have access to both 3.5-inch and 5.25-inch high density
 floppy disk drives on the WasteLAN file server.

 WasteLAN workstations do not require a hard drive, since WasteLAN operates on the network
 instead of  as a  stand-alone application on  an individual  PC.  However, if a  WasteLAN
 workstation does not have a hard drive,  the workstation boot disk must be kept in the  floppy
 drive while the WasteLAN application is active.

 2.3.2  DOS Requirements

 The Disk Operating System (DOS) software on all WasteLAN workstations should be version
 3.3.  All WasteLAN workstations should use the same DOS version.  The LAN Administrator
 and/or WasteLAN System Administrator must notify Headquarters before upgrading workstations
 to a higher version of DOS.

 The DOS program on the hard drive or boot-up disk of a workstation contains a CONFIG.SYS
 file that sets the workstation parameters.  WasteLAN  requires the  following  CONFIG.SYS
 parameters in DOS:

       FILES       =    42
       BUFFERS   =    20
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
2-11

-------
 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION
 2.3.3  Other Software Requirements

 Memory resident (Terminate and Stay Resident, or TSR) software programs such as IRMA,
 Sidekick, and gateway software should not be loaded when logging in to WasteLAN.  Either
 unload such programs or reboot the PC before logging in to WasteLAN.

 2.4    SYSTEM SECURITY

 The security of the WasteLAN system is achieved primarily through access control, both at the
 LAN level and within the WasteLAN application.  Access control within WasteLAN  is the
 responsibility  of the WasteLAN System Administrator (see Chapter 3, Section 3.3).  The
 functions used to control access within WasteLAN are described in Chapter 5 of this manual.

 The WasteLAN System Administrator should consult with the LAN Administrator to ensure that
 LAN users who do not use WasteLAN are not  mapped to any WasteLAN directories.  As an
 additional security measure,  the WasteLAN System Administrator can follow the  steps below
 to control WasteLAN directory mapping.

       1.           Modify the individual login script of each WasteLAN user to remove any
                   statements that map the user to WasteLAN directories.

       2.           Modify the W.BAT and 2.BAT files to include the following commands
                   in the following order:

                   MAP W:= [SERVERSVOLUME OF WASTELAN]:WASTELAN
                   MFOXPRUN       WL2_MAIN
                   MAP DEL W:

 Step 1 maps the WasteLAN user to the appropriate WasteLAN directories as soon as he or she
 invokes WasteLAN.  Step 2 deletes all maps to WasteLAN directories as soon as the user logs
 out of WasteLAN.

 Although the WasteLAN System Administrator is not directly responsible for the security of the
 LAN, familiarity with LAN security issues contributes to the integrity of WasteLAN data and
 assists with troubleshooting efforts. Furthermore, if the WasteLAN System Administrator (SA)
 is  not the same person as the LAN Administrator, the  SA must work closely with the LAN
 Administrator to address potential regional configuration management problems.

The following sections highlight some security issues at the LAN level that  may impact the
 security of the WasteLAN application.
2-12
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                             SYSTEM CONFIGURATION
 2.4.1  LAN Login ID/Password

 The WasteLAN login ID is derived from the LAN login ID.  Since the WasteLAN login ID
 accepts only alpha characters, the LAN login ID must contain only alpha characters.

 All LAN users should be required to change their LAN passwords at least once every 90 days.
 The LAN Administrator should set a global password  expiration interval using  the Novell
 NetWare* SYSCON utility.  LAN passwords should be minimum of six characters long.

 To discourage unauthorized access to the LAN, a maximum of three login attempts should be
 allowed. After the third unsuccessful login attempt, the affected user account should be disabled
 and flagged with an intruder lockout status.  The Novell NetWare* SYSCON utility includes
 options for setting the number of allowable login attempts and intruder lockout status flag.

 2.4.2  Supervisor Access

 Certain tasks on the LAN require supervisor privileges;  typically, a separate supervisor login
 ID and password is set up to be used for these tasks. Only the LAN Administrator and his or
 her  designated backup   should know  the  supervisor  login ID  and password or  have
 supervisor-level access to the LAN.  Supervisor privileges should be invoked only when a
 specific task requires supervisor access to the LAN.

 2.4.3  AutoMAXX Menu

 The AutoMAXX menu system has been designated as the EPA standard LAN menu system.
 AutoMAXX is the only LAN menu system fully supported by NDPD on EPA's token ring PC
 networks.

 To maintain the integrity  of LAN data, particularly WasteLAN data, user access to all software
 and  application packages should  be  limited to  the AutoMAXX  menu.   Therefore,  the
 AutoMAXX menu should not include an "Exit to DOS" option. To prohibit access to programs
 outside the AutoMAXX  menu, the command line switches \G (disable DOS gateway) and \Q
 (disable quit feature) should be used when setting up the AutoMAXX menu.  When a LAN user
 exits an application or software package, the LAN Administrator should delete all maps to the
 corresponding directories.

 2.4.4  Confidential Data

 No confidential data  should be  loaded or made  available on  an EPA LAN,  unless specific,
 written permission is obtained  from the Director  of the Office of Information Resources
 Management (OIRM).
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
2-13

-------
 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION
 2.4.5  Software License Agreements and Updates

 The LAN Administrator is responsible for the license agreements of all software installed on the
 LAN.   The LAN Administrator must abide by and enforce the provisions of all applicable
 software license agreements.

 The installation of updates to any software  packages on the WasteLAN file server should be
 coordinated with WasteLAN Work Assignment Managers.

 2.4.6  WasteLAN Data File Access Using  Commercial Software

 In certain cases, the WasteLAN System Administrator (SA) may need access to WasteLAN data,
 index,  or memory files.  The SA  must obtain permission from the regional Information
 Management  Coordinator (IMC) prior to using any WasteLAN files outside the application.
 Furthermore, the SA should be skilled in dBASE (FoxBASE) file manipulation.

 Files used outside the  WasteLAN application should be copied from WasteLAN; no changes
 should be made directly to WasteLAN data files.  To prevent confusion, the copied files should
 be renamed.  The files should be accessed  using FoxBASE or Relational Report Writer and
 deleted after they are used.
     Warning: Commercial software does not preserve access restrictions established in
     the User Information module of WasteLAN.
2-14
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
        WASTELAN
   SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION
         MANUAL
        CHAPTER 3


       WASTELAN
SYSTEM ADMINISTRATOR
    RESPONSIBILITIES
          03/11/92
         VERSION 4.0
          FINAL

-------

-------
                                            SYSTEM ADMINISTRATOR RESPONSIBILITIES
     CHAPTER 3: SYSTEM ADMINISTRATOR RESPONSIBILITIES

The WasteLAN System Administrator (SA) supervises the operation of the WasteLAN system.
In this supervisory role, the SA is responsible for functions such as promoting the integrity of
WasteLAN data, transferring WasteLAN data to and from CERCLIS, controlling user access
to WasteLAN, implementing new releases of the system, and  troubleshooting and reporting
problems  encountered in  WasteLAN.  This chapter  delineates  the responsibilities  of the
WasteLAN System Administrator.

3.1    DATA QUALITY CONTROL

The WasteLAN System  Administrator  (SA) is  responsible for  maintaining the quality of
WasteLAN data. To fulfill this responsibility, the SA must keep WasteLAN data synchronized
with  CERCLIS  data and perform  file maintenance to repair damage caused by system
disruptions.

3.1.1  WasteLAN/CERCLIS Synchronization

Data in WasteLAN should match data in CERCLIS, record for record and data value for data
value. Synchronization of the two databases is vital; not only is data updated in WasteLAN, but
CERCLIS also receives updated information that must be incorporated  into WasteLAN from
other sources.   Weekly data transfers are the primary means of keeping the two databases
synchronized.  Section 3.2 explains the data transfer process.

In order to evaluate WasteLAN/CERCLIS data synchronization,  the WasteLAN  System
Administrator should run a comparison of the regional WasteLAN database and the mainframe
CERCLIS database at least twice a year.  Using an automated WasteLAN/Mainframe Compare
feature in the  WasteLAN System Administration module,  the SA can locate discrepancies
between the two databases.   Chapter 8, Section 8.3 of this manual  details the automated
WasteLAN/Mainframe Compare process.

3.1.2  File Maintenance

Power outages, network problems,  and other system  disruptions can  affect the quality of
WasteLAN data and  data indices.  A minor result of such problems is the corruption of
WasteLAN files. Using file maintenance tools in the WasteLAN System Administration module,
the WasteLAN System Administrator can take corrective measures to repair corrupted index files
or locked records.  Chapter 6 of this manual describes the WasteLAN  file maintenance tools
available to the WasteLAN System Administrator.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
3-1

-------
 SYSTEM ADMINISTRATOR RESPONSIBILITIES
 If a problem or disaster causes large-scale damage or loss, the WasteLAN System Administrator
 should coordinate with the LAN Administrator to execute disaster recovery procedures (see
 Section 3.4).

 WasteLAN data quality is also related to security, data backup and recovery, implementing new
 releases of the WasteLAN application, and troubleshooting system problems.  These issues are
 described in separate sections of this chapter.

 3.2   DATA TRANSFER

 One of the most important responsibilities of the WasteLAN System Administrator is the transfer
 of data between  WasteLAN and  CERCLIS.  Uploads and downloads play a critical role in
 keeping WasteLAN  and CERCLIS synchronized,  thereby contributing to data quality control.

 The Upload Menu  in the WasteLAN System Administration module provides the  options
 necessary to complete WasteLAN data transfer.   This menu is presented and described in
 Chapter 8 of this manual.

 3.2.1  Frequency

 The WasteLAN System Administrator should upload WasteLAN data to CERCLIS at least once
 a week; the timing of the upload may vary.
     Exception:  To prevent duplicates of financial records from being created on the
     mainframe, an upload of WasteLAN should be executed only after the download of
     financial data from the Integrated Financial Management System (IFMS) to the
     CERCLIS mainframe has occurred.  For example, the WasteLAN upload should be
     initiated on Thursday and transferred  to the mainframe before 8:00 p.m. on Thursday
     (not on Friday morning).
As of this writing, the IFMS transfer to CERCLIS is not operational due to technical difficulties.
However, Exhibit 3-1 presents a sample calendar that shows the typical timing of weekly data
transfers between WasteLAN and CERCLIS and includes references to the IFMS portions of
data transfer.  Reinstatement of the IFMS transfer will be announced prior to its implementation.
3-2
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
    03/11/92,
VERSION 4.0'

-------
                                            SYSTEM ADMINISTRATOR RESPONSIBILITIES

8:00
















4:00











5:00

10:00

MONDAY

































TUESDAY

































WEDNESDAY

















All xuen logged out of
WaiteLAN.

Run Rewi Rejected record*
routine for CERCUS (fund).
NSI, and/or Link record.

Execute Upload.
Review WatleLAN Upload
Matrix.
Traufer CERCLJS (fuDdlamUor
NSI Be lo mainframe.
Initiate main/riffle CERCUS
(fund) and/Of NSI load.


THURSDAY
Receive Audit Report from mainframe.

Download CERCUS (fund) and/or NSI
financial tequeace number file*.

Tranifer fila to \ARCH1VE
lubdinctory.
Download NSI (data) Tile.

Trantfer file to VARCKIVEnibdimtory.
Integrate fund and/or NSI sequence
number*.
Integrate NSI dab.
Review fund and/or NSI lop for error*.
Perform mainframe S2K query to
determine action code value of rejected
record*.

Complete Add/Edit/Delete Rejected
ncordi routine for CERCUS (fund).
NSI. and/or Link rejected record*.

Through WafeLAN. fix data quality
problem! found on Audit Report







Fund and NSI 1FMS dab trarafemd to
CERCUS.
FRIDAY
Downlead fund and/ or NSI IFMS
data Hid.

Tnnifer fur* lo \ARCHIVE
tubdirvctory.

Integrate fund an* or NSI/IFMS data.

Review fund and/or NSI IFMS log*
for errort.










NO DATA ENTRY OR UPLOAD
MAY OCCUR UNTIL IFMS
DOWNLOAD HAS BEEN
INTEGRATED INTO
WASTELAN.








                      Exhibit 3-1  Weekly Data Transfer Calendar
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
3-3

-------
 SYSTEM ADMINISTRATOR RESPONSIBILITIES
 3.2.2
Upload Process
The WasteLAN System Administrator (and/or IMC)  completes the upload process, which
consists of the following steps:

       •     Analyze edit check reports.  Edit check reports should be printed and reviewed
             before the upload is initiated in order to locate and correct data discrepancies.
             This precaution reduces the potential for records to reject during the upload.

             The regional  Information  Management Coordinator  (IMC)  completes  the
             pre-upload edit checks.  The IMC typically uses mainframe SCAP reports or the
             WasteLAN NPL Site Summary to  conduct edit checks of WasteLAN data.  In
             addition, the WasteLAN System Administration menu includes a Report Menu
             option that provides access to several edit check reports:

             •     Matching Planned Obligation

             •     Matching Actual Obligation

             •     Missing ACN/DCN Numbers

       •     Review and reset rejected records.  Using the CERCLIS Audit Report from the
             previous WasteLAN upload, the WasteLAN System Administrator (SA) should
             correct records that rejected during the previous upload. To prepare the corrected
             records for the next upload, the SA should use the "Add/Edit/Delete Rejected
             Records" option to place the records in a rejected records database and  then
             execute the "Reset Rejected Records" option.

       •     Execute upload.  The WasteLAN System Administrator initiates the upload by
             selecting the "Upload WasteLAN" option on  the Upload Menu.  This option
             creates an ASCII file of WasteLAN records to be transferred to the mainframe.

       •     Examine Matrix Report.    Upon  completion  of  the  upload process within
             WasteLAN, a WasteLAN Matrix report is automatically sent to the LAN printer.
             This report lists  the number of record inserts, changes, and deletes for each
             WasteLAN record type included in the upload.  The SA must compare this report
             with the CERCLIS Matrix report to ensure that the numbers of inserts, changes,
             and deletes agree.
3-4
                    WASTELAN SYSTEM
                ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                             SYSTEM ADMINISTRATOR RESPONSIBILITIES
       •     Transfer to mainframe.  Once the upload file has been created, the WasteLAN
             System  Administrator (SA) transfers the file to the CERCLIS mainframe.  An
             IRMA board or access to a communications gateway provides the necessary link
             from the region to the Headquarters mainframe.

       •     Submit job on mainframe.  After the upload file is transferred successfully to the
             mainframe, the WasteLAN System Administrator submits a job on the mainframe
             to load the transferred data into the CERCLIS database.

       •     Review Audit Report.  When the upload is complete, the mainframe generates an
             Audit Report and sends it automatically to the region.  The WasteLAN System
             Administrator reviews this report and prepares for the next upload.

Exhibit 3-2 details the events that occur during the WasteLAN Upload Process.  In addition,
Appendix C  at  the end of this manual details  the  file  naming conventions that apply to
WasteLAN/CERCLIS  data transfer.

3.3    DATA SECURITY

The WasteLAN System  Administrator  is  responsible  for maintaining  the security  of  the
WasteLAN system.  Effective security measures support data integrity and protect confidential
data.  User access control is the primary means of securing WasteLAN data. Careful screening
of WasteLAN reports released for distribution is another measure that contributes to the security
of confidential information.

3.3.1  User Access  Control

User access to the WasteLAN system is controlled at two levels:  LAN access and WasteLAN
access.  LAN access and associated security issues are described in Chapter 2,  Section 2.4.
WasteLAN access is assigned by the WasteLAN System Administrator using a User Information
function  in the  WasteLAN  System Administration  module.   Chapter  5 explains  the User
Information function in detail.

3.3.2  User Access Guidelines

The WasteLAN System Administrator should observe the following guidelines to further support
user access control and WasteLAN security:
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
3-5

-------
 SYSTEM ADMINISTRATOR RESPONSIBILITIES
       •      Change passwords regularly.  Instruct users to change their passwords on a
              regular basis; a quarterly cycle is recommended (i.e., a minimum of once every
              90 days).  All WasteLAN users have access to the "Change Password" function
              in the User Utilities module, accessed by selecting option 8 on the WasteLAN
              main menu.

       •      DO NOT share login IDs. Urge WasteLAN users oat to share their WasteLAN
              login ID (user name and password) with anyone else.  This precaution has
              obvious security  implications,  since different users may have different access
              rights to WasteLAN data.

       •     Delete  "old" user IDs.  Delete the user records of former WasteLAN users who
              no longer require access to the system.  This action applies especially to visitors,
              contractors, and users with System Administration privileges.

3.3.3  Screening Confidential  Data

Enforcement-sensitive and financial data in WasteLAN are considered  confidential and should
be kept secure from public disclosure.  Any screen print containing enforcement confidential
information should have the following warning clearly stamped or written in the upper right hand
corner: CONTAINS ENFORCEMENT CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION. All programmed
reports include this warning in  the header  information.  When distributing reports containing
enforcement confidential information, the WasteLAN System Administrator should inform the
recipients  that they  are responsible for protecting the sensitive information  from  public
disclosure.

3.4    DATA BACKUP AND RECOVERY

The WasteLAN System Administrator is responsible for ensuring that the WasteLAN system is
backed up on a frequent,  regular basis.  Frequent backups ensure that data loss is  minimized in
case of system errors, network problems, power outages, or any other  system disruptions.

3.4.1   Frequency

The WasteLAN System Administrator should coordinate with the LAN Administrator to ensure
that WasteLAN data  is properly backed up.  Incremental backups of WasteLAN should be
performed nightly.  Full backups of WasteLAN should be performed as part of the weekly full
backup of the LAN.
3-6
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                             SYSTEM ADMINISTRATOR RESPONSIBILITIES
         System Administrati

When the upload file is ready, the
WasteLAN System Administrator
performs the following tasks:

1) Transfers the file to the mainframe.

2) Submits a job to load the file on the
  mainframe.

3) Reviews the CERCLIS Audit Report
  sent electronically to the region.
                    Mainframe
                      Load
                     Revtew
                   Exceptions
                  Download and
                 Integrate Financial
                 Sequence Number
                 Files. NSI File, and
                   USAGE Fie.
                                           WasteLAN
                                           Edit Checks
                                          Reset Rejected
                                            Records
Run WasteLAN Upload
      ERASE OLD
     UPLOAD FILES
       ADOPTION
       ROUTINE
    ORPHAN CHECK
                                          FUND ENFORC.
                                            COMBINED
                                           DELETE TEMP.
                                              FILES
                                             BACKUP
                                           UPLOAD FILES
                                            EDIT VALUE
                                              RESET
                                           PRINT MATRIX
                                             REPORT
                                            PRINT AUDIT
                                             REPORT
                                             UPDATE
                                            UPLOAD DB
      SEQUENCE 8
        RESET
             System Administrate

Before executing an upload, the WasteLAN
System Administrator (and/or IMC) performs the
following tasks:

1) Runs WasteLAN edit check reports (IMC).

2) Reviews rejected records from previous upload

3) Resets edit values of rejected records.



              Upload Routine

The "Upload WasteLAN" option on the
WasteLAN Upload Menu performs the following
tasks:

  1) Erases files from last upload.

  2) Checks for newly assigned EPA IDs
   (adoption routine).

  3) Deletes orphan events, subevems, etc.

  4) Creates ASCII files.

  5) Combines ASCII files into one upload file.

  6) Deletes all temporary files in W:\WASTELAI
   directory.

  7) Makes a copy of new upload files.

*8) Resets edit values of records in WasteLAN
   to "0" to indicate that records have been
   gathered for upload.

  9) Sends Upload Matrix report to printer.

10) Sends Audit Report (keys of all uploaded
    records) to printer.

11) Copies upload file name, size, date, and time
   into upload database.

12) Resets op unit and event sequence number
   tables.

13) Packs deleted records (all files in
   W:\WASTELAN\TABLES\TL_FILES.DBF).

14) Flags all files in all W:\WASTELAN
   subdirectories as Shareable Read-Write
   (SRW).
                                                                    * Upload file is ready for transfer
                                                                       to mainframe.
                                     Exhibit 3-2  WasteLAN Upload Process
        03/11/92
        VERSION 4.0
          WASTELAN SYSTEM
      ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
                                                                                                         3-7

-------
 SYSTEM ADMINISTRATOR RESPONSIBILITIES
 3.4.2 Storage

 For disaster recovery purposes, a copy of a full backup of WasteLAN should be stored  in a
 secure, off-site facility. Once a month, this copy of the WasteLAN database should be replaced
 with the most current full backup.  Incremental backups should be stored in a secure, on-site
 location.

 3.4.3 Testing

 At least  twice a year, the LAN Administrator should test the reliability  of data backup and
 recovery procedures.  The LAN Administrator should back up a non-critical part of the LAN
 to a local (non-network) disk drive or diskette and then restore it from the backup tape. After
 restoring the data, the LAN Administrator should access the restored applications and test their
 functionality to determine the success of the backup and recovery operation.

 3.4.4 Archiving

 To conserve disk space on the LAN, the WasteLAN System Administrator should archive "old"
 files  to a local (non-network) drive at least once a  month.  These files  include old upload,
 download, and database compare files located in the subdirectory \WASTELAN\ARCHIVE.
 Old upload file names end with the extension .CYA  or .CYB; database compare files include
 the word "compare" in the file name.

 3.5    NEW RELEASE IMPLEMENTATION

 New releases  of WasteLAN contain system enhancements and/or "bug fixes"  designed to
 improve  system  performance and  implement change requests approved  by  the CERCLIS
 Management  Council (CMC).  Therefore,  the  timely  implementation of new releases of
 WasteLAN plays a crucial  role in maintaining the quality of WasteLAN data.

 3.5.1  Schedule

 New versions of WasteLAN are released according to the dates established by the CERCLIS
 Management Council (CMC) or the WasteLAN Work Assignment  Manager.  The CMC
 receives,  reviews, and votes on all change requests to determine which ones will be incorporated
 in the next release of WasteLAN.

 3.5.2  Distribution
The method of distributing new WasteLAN releases varies, depending on the number and type
of system changes in the release. Some releases are distributed electronically, via Carbon Copy
or pcANYWARE communications software.  Other releases are recorded to tape or diskette and
distributed; in some cases, new release tapes or diskettes are hand-delivered.

3.5.3 Notification
3-8
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                             SYSTEM ADMINISTRATOR RESPONSIBILITIES


 Informal notification of an upcoming release may be available several months in advance of the
 release.  However, at least one week's official notice of an upcoming release is usually sent to
 all regions via E-mail message. The E-mail message will describe the specific change requests
 and/or bug fixes included in the release, as well as data conversion issues and the release's
 impact on WasteLAN users.

 3.5.4  Documentation

 Generally, updates to WasteLAN documentation accompany each new release of the application.
 For  minor releases, only the affected pages are updated and distributed; for major releases,
 complete  copies of some or  all  WasteLAN  manuals may  be re-issued.   Documentation
 management authorities determine the release dates of updated WasteLAN documentation.  A
 cover  memo,  specifying the  changes  in the new  release,  is sent along  with the updated
 documentation.

 3.6    TROUBLESHOOTING AND PROBLEM REPORTING

 WasteLAN users should report all problems and submit all change requests to the WasteLAN
 System Administrator.  The WasteLAN System Administrator should execute troubleshooting
 measures  to accurately assess  and attempt  to  solve WasteLAN problems.  The WasteLAN
 System Administrator should report change requests and unresolved or non-WasteLAN problems
 to the appropriate personnel.

 3.6,1  Documentation of Problem

 Thorough documentation of WasteLAN problems assists the WasteLAN System Administrator
 and support personnel in resolving the problems. The WasteLAN System Administrator should
 take the following steps to thoroughly document all WasteLAN problems:

       •     Print affected screen.  If possible, print the screen in which the problem or error
             message occurred.  To print the screen, simultaneously press the  and
               keys (if using the 101 keyboard, just press ). The screen
             print will be sent to the workstation's default printer.

       •     Document all  actions.   Use  a Quality  Assurance  Test  Report (QATR)  to
             document  the specific actions performed before the problem  occurred.  The
             QATR is the official "bug report" form for the WasteLAN application.  Include
             on the QATR  the exact keystrokes required to replicate the problem and any
             other factors that may be related to the problem (e.g., electrical storm, power
             outage, past occurrence of same problem, user access rights, etc.).

       •     Submit QATR to support personnel.  Send a copy of the completed QATR with
             attached screen print(s) to the WasteLAN technical support staff.  Be sure to keep
             a copy for your own records.

       •     Record in WasteLAN Problem Log.  Start a "WasteLAN Problem Log" to record
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
3-9

-------
 SYSTEM ADMINISTRATOR RESPONSIBILITIES
              all problems encountered in the application.  Be sure to include screen prints and
              detailed problem descriptions. By maintaining this log, the WasteLAN System
              Administrator can assist WasteLAN support personnel in identifying a pattern of
              WasteLAN system problems or a need for a system enhancement.

              Examine error trap file.  If the problem caused the login session to end, access
              the WasteLAN error trap file to determine the nature and source of the problem.
              This error trap  file, named MISTAKE.DBF, is a  FoxBASE file located in the
              \ WASTELAN\D AT A directory.  The last record in the file corresponds to the
              last session-ending error encountered in WasteLAN.
         Important:  This file only captures problems within the WasteLAN application; it
         should not be used as a substitute for the WasteLAN Problem Log.
3.6.2  Problem Determination and Reporting

When a WasteLAN problem occurs,  the WasteLAN System Administrator should determine if
the problem is indeed within WasteLAN or if it is the result of a LAN or hardware problem.
If the  WasteLAN System Administrator  determines that a problem is not related to the
WasteLAN application,  he or  she should report  it to  the LAN  Administrator.   The LAN
Administrator is responsible for resolving the problem or reporting it to the National  Data
Processing Division (NDPD).

If the problem is within the WasteLAN application, and the WasteLAN System Administrator
cannot correct it,  he  or she should determine if it is a "bug" or a need for an enhancement,
based on the following definitions:

•     Bug: Problem that disrupts normal processing.  WasteLAN operations should be halted
       until support personnel are notified  and/or the problem is resolved.  A bug is reported
       using a QART.

•     Enhancement: System deficiency or other screen change  need that does  not  disrupt
       normal processing.  Enhancements require a change request.

Using a Quality Assurance Test Report (QATR), the WasteLAN System Administrator should
report bugs to:

       Change Coordination Manager
       Computer Sciences Corporation
       6565 Arlington Blvd.
       3rd Floor
       Falls Church,  Virginia  22042
3-10
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                            SYSTEM ADMINISTRATOR RESPONSIBILITIES
 Using a standard Change Request Form, the WasteLAN System Administrator should submit
 written change requests to:

       CERCLIS Project Manager
       MSDS/OERR
       Room SE-312, OS-240
       401 M Street, SW
       Washington, DC 20460

 3.6.3  Unlock Records

 To prevent more than one user from updating the same record at the same time, the WasteLAN
 application includes a record locking feature.  In the event of a WasteLAN system error, the
 record may remain locked, prohibiting any access to the record. When a user attempts to access
 a locked record, a message similar to the following appears on the screen: THIS RECORD IS
 BEING EDITED AT ANOTHER STATION.

 Using a function in the WasteLAN System Administration  module, the WasteLAN System
 Administrator should unlock the affected record(s). If the affected record(s) cannot be isolated,
 the WasteLAN System Administrator should unlock all records.
     Important: These functions should be performed when all users are logged out of
     WasteLAN.   Chapter  6,  Section 6.1 provides more information on  unlocking
     WasteLAN records.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
3-11

-------
 SYSTEM ADMINISTRATOR RESPONSIBILITIES
 3.6.4 Reindex Databases

 If a WasteLAN system problem results in the corruption of one or more WasteLAN files, one
 of the following error messages may appear on a WasteLAN screen or report:

      DATABASE RECORD IS  TRASHED

      RECORD IS OUT OF RANGE
      INDEX DAMAGED

The WasteLAN System Administrator should reindex the affected file(s) using a function in the
WasteLAN System Administration module.  If the affected file(s) cannot be determined, the
WasteLAN System Administrator should reindex all files.
     Important:  These functions should be performed when all users are logged out of
     WasteLAN.  Chapter 6,  Section 6.2 provides more information on  reindexing
     WasteLAN files.
3-12
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
       WASTELAN
 SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION
       MANUAL
       CHAPTER 4


SYSTEM NAVIGATION
   AND FEATURES
        03/11/92
       VERSION 4.0
         FINAL

-------

-------
                                                 SYSTEM NAVIGATION AND FEATURES
         CHAPTER 4: SYSTEM NAVIGATION AND FEATURES

 Certain features common to many WasteLAN screens facilitate navigation through the system.
 This chapter explains how to access WasteLAN, describes the basic screen types and  features,
 and demonstrates how to operate screens. The chapter concludes with exit procedures.

 4.1   ACCESS PROCEDURES

 WasteLAN resides on a multi-user local area  network (LAN).  In a typical EPA LAN
 environment, access to WasteLAN is controlled by passwords at two levels:  the LAN login and
 the WasteLAN login. Furthermore, access to the System Administration module is controlled
 by the assignment of System Administration rights.  System Administration rights should be
 assigned only to the WasteLAN System Administrator and his or her designated backup.
4.1.1
WasteLAN Access
To access the WasteLAN main menu, follow these steps:

       1.
       2.
Select the appropriate LAN choice from the network menu.
Result: The LAN login screen appears.

Type your LAN user name and press < Enter >. Note: The standard EPA user
name consists of the first character of the first name followed by the first seven
characters of the last name.
       3.     Type your LAN password and press  < Enter > .

             Result:  The LAN menu (Exhibit 4-1) appears. If access to the LAN is denied,
             contact the appropriate regional Superfund LAN Administrator.

       4.    At the LAN menu, select the  "WasteLAN" option.

             Result:  The WasteLAN login screen (Exhibit 4-2) appears, with the user name
             already entered in the NAME field (taken from the LAN user name).

       5.    Type your WasteLAN password and press < Enter >.  Note:  If the password
             is eight characters in length, it is not necessary to press .

             Result:  The WasteLAN main menu appears (Exhibit 4-3).
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
                   WASTELAN SYSTEM
                ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
4-1

-------
 SYSTEM NAVIGATION AND FEATURES
     Exception: If an invalid password is entered, the following message appears at at the
     bottom of the screen:  ACCESS DENIED.  TRY AGAIN.  Wait until the message
     disappears, and then re-enter the password.  If the login fails on the third attempt, the
     same message is displayed, and then the LAN menu reappears.  In the event that
     access is denied, report the problem to the WasteLAN System Administrator.
                                          AUTOHAXX
                                   CSuperfund ftppttestion Menu}
                                 M

                                 f2

                                 fl

                                 H

                                 F5

                                 F6

                                 f7:::

                                 F8
          OASYS

          IMS1TE

          INS1TE It

          HAZARD RANKING SYSTEM

          HAZARDOUS WASTE COLLECTION

          CleanLAN

                 H
          Return to Main Menu
         U«enu A of 93
                            Select menu option or press / for commands
                                     Press  H for Help
                                 Exhibit 4-1 LAN Menu
4-2
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
    03/11/92J
VERSION 4.0'

-------
                                                    SYSTEM NAVIGATION AND FEATURES
                                         SYSTEM LOGIN
                                          NAME: JPUBLIC
                                      PASSWORD: *****
                                         Version  3.00
                           Exhibit 4-2 WasteLAN Login Screen
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
4-3

-------
 SYSTEM NAVIGATION AND FEATURES
                                         UasteLAN II
                                            MENU
                        1) SITE

                        2) EVENT

                        3) ENFORCEMENT

                        4) MOW-SITE SPECIFIC

                        5) ISIF
                                  6) LINKS

                                  7) REPORTS

                                  8) ROOEIS

                                  9) USER UTILITIES

                                 10) SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION
                               ENTER SELECTION  1-9   Quit
                           Exhibit 4-3  WasteLAN Main Menu
4.1.2
System Administration Access
To access the WasteLAN System Administration module, follow the procedures outlined above
in  Section 4.1.1  to  access the  WasteLAN  main  menu.   Then, select  option  9,  "System
Administration."  The System Administration menu will appear.  Exhibit 4-4 illustrates the
System Administration menu.
4-4
                     WASTELAN SYSTEM
                 ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                   SYSTEM NAVIGATION AND FEATURES















1) USER INFORMATION 8) REPORT MENU
2) UNLOCK RECORDS 9) ADD NEUS ALERTS
3) RE- INDEX DATABASES 10) NSI MAINTENANCE MENU
4) DATABASE DIRECTORY 11) SUBEVENT/HILESTONE COOES
5) REGIONAL FIELDS 12) LINKS BATCH ROUTINE
6) REGIONAL PROJECT MANAGERS 13) HASGEN
7) UPLOAD MENU

ENTER SELECTION 1-13 Leave [ }












                        Exhibit 4-4 System Administration Menu

4.2    SCREEN TYPES

There  are  four basic types of screens  in WasteLAN:  menu screens,  summary  screens,
combination summary/menus, and data screens. The following paragraphs briefly describe each
type of screen.
4.2.1
Menu Screens
Menu screens, like the Upload Menu shown in Exhibit 4-5, offer a list of options from which
to choose.  Typically, these options provide access to different modules within the WasteLAN
system; some menu options may lead to other menu screens.

As the status line at  the bottom of the menu screen indicates, select an option by typing its
corresponding number and pressing the   key, or type "L" (for "Leave") and press
  to return  to the previous screen.  Some menu screens also offer a "Quit" option;
selecting this option returns you to the WasteLAN main menu.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
                    WASTELAN SYSTEM
                 ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
4-5

-------
 SYSTEM NAVIGATION AND FEATURES
     Caution:  Entering "Q"  (for "Quit") at the WasteLAN main menu terminates the
     current WasteLAN login session and displays the LAN menu.















1) ADD/EDIT/DELETE REJECTED RECORDS
2) RESET REJECTED RECORDS
( / / ) 3) UPLOAD WASTE LAN
( / / } O INTEGRATE 1FHS AND SEQUENCE NUMBER DATA
( / / ) 5) INTEGRATE NSI 1FMS AND SEQUENCE NUMBER DATA
( / / ) 6) INTEGRATE NON-SITE INCIDENT DATA
( / / } 7) INTEGRATE USAGE DATA
( / / } 8) AUTOMATED WASTELAN/MAINFRAME COMPARE

ENTER SELECTION 1-8 Leave [ ]












                               Exhibit 4-5 Upload Menu
4.2.2
Summary Screens
A summary screen presents a collection of data.  Site, Event, and Activity Summary screens
display a summary of data for one individual record; for example, Exhibit 4-6 illustrates the
Activity Summary screen that displays enforcement data for a specific activity at a selected site.

Status lines on single-record summary screens offer options to access additional menus, to edit
the displayed information, to leave the summary to return to the previous screen, and to quit the
module to return to the WasteLAN main menu.  Some single-record summary screens, such as
the Site Summary screen, span more than one screen.  In these cases, the status line includes
"Forward" and "Back" options to display the next and previous screens of information.

Other WasteLAN summary  screens, such as Subevent, Milestone,  and Financial  summary
screens, display summary data for multiple records. For example, Exhibit 4-7 presents a (fund)
Financial Summary screen  that shows all of the Actual Obligation records for a selected event
at a specified site.
4-6
                    WASTELAN SYSTEM
                 ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                         SYSTEM NAVIGATION AND FEATURES
 Status lines on multiple-record summary screens provide options to add a new record, to edit
 or delete an existing record, and to leave the summary to return to the previous screen.   If a
 multiple-record summary screen contains more information than can be seen on the first  page
 (screenful) of records, the status line includes "Forward" and "Back" options to display the next
 and previous pages of information.
                       VIEW
         ACTIVITY SUMMARY
SCREEN 1 OF 1
                   REF HO.: 00010
                   ACTIVITY: AN01   RD/RA NEGOTIATIONS
                      EPA ID: RID9B073U42
                   SITE NAME: REGIONAL WASTE DEPOSI
                                            ACTIVITY DATA
                               LEAD: FE             PLANNING STATUS: P
                          SCAP NOTE: WAIVED SPECL NOTICE
                   NO. RP DEFENDANTS:    1      ENF ACTIVITY OUTCOME:
                           START      COMPLETE
                  PLANNED: 12/31/90    06/30/91
                   ACTUAL: 12/27/90    05/06/91

                  OECM CASE NO.:
                 OECM CASE NAME:
                   DOJ CASE NO.:
                  DOJ CASE NAME:
                   CONTACT NAME:
                    CONTACT NO.: (
                          Menu options
            Edit
                        Leave
  Quit
[M]
                        Exhibit 4-6 Activity Summary "VIEW" Screen
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
    WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
                        4-7

-------
 SYSTEM NAVIGATION AND FEATURES



REF NO.: 00010
OPUNIT: 00
EVENT: 1R1



EPA 10: RID980731442
SITE NAME: REGIONAL UASTE DEPOSIT
EVENT NAME: 1HHE01ATE REMOVAL (H)

F
SEO CON M
NO. VEH S DATE
003 CNT F 09/28/84
005 CNT f 12/04/84
007 CNT F 12/13/84
009 CNT F 03/15/85
B WORK
G FUND ASGN AH
AMOUNT S STAT ACN DCN NO. NO.
170 V 4TFA721C48 D2B037
200,000 5TFA01NE48 N00007
360 STFA01NE48 N00008
97,256 5TFA01NE48 N00014

Audit/Trail

Add Edit/delete Garments Leave EL]
4.2.3
  Exhibit 4-7 Financial Summary Screen (Actual Obligations)

Combination Summary/Menus
Some WasteLAN screens include both a brief summary of information and a menu. As shown
in Exhibit 4-8, the User Information summary/menu displays a summary of access information
for a selected user on the left side of the screen and a list of options on the right side of the
screen.
4-8
                   WASTELAN SYSTEM
                ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                    SYSTEM NAVIGATION AND FEATURES





NAME: JPUBL1C
PASSWORD: GHOST
SYSTEM AOMIN: T
ENFORCEMENT: T
SCAP FIELDS: T
FINANCIAL: T
COST RECOVERY FIN: T
ENFORCEMENT ACCESS: T
NSI ACCESS: T
ISIF ACCESS: T
LINKS ACCESS: T
PREREMED1AL ACCESS: T
REMEDIAL ACCESS: T
REMOVAL ACCESS: T

if Of



HFMII
1} NEXT USER
2} PREVIOUS USER
3) ADD NEW USER
it} EDIT PASSWORD/RIGHTS
5) DELETE USER
6) SEARCH FOR USER
7) SITE LOCKING
8) GLOBAL SCAP LOCKOUT
ENTER 1-8 Leave [ J




                      Exhibit 4-8  User Information Summary/Menu

The menu on the right side of the screen provides options for accessing other user records as
well as for handling the user record on the left side of the screen.  Select an option by typing
its  corresponding number and pressing  ;  or, type  "L" (for "Leave") and press
   to return to the previous screen in the system.
4.2.4
Data Screens
A data screen provides access to the individual items of information for a site, event, financial
record, etc. Exhibit 4-9 presents an example of the first of two data screens used to add a new
site to the WasteLAN database.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
                     WASTELAN SYSTEM
                 ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
4-9

-------
 SYSTEM NAVIGATION AND FEATURES




















REF NO.: 00010
IFHS ID NO.: OUB
NAME: REGIONAL WASTE DEPOSITORY
STREET: MAIN ST
CITY: SM1THFIELD
STATE: HE
COUNTY NAME: MORRIS
CONGRESS DISTRICT: 01 FED
OWNER INDICATOR: PR
LATITUDE: 41 59 00.0
LAT/LONG SOURCE: R
USGS HYDRO UNIT: 01090003
NPL STATUS INDIC: F COST
CATEGORY: M SITE
FED FACILITY DOCKET: F
FED AGENCY PRP: Y
S/l DIOX1H TIER:
PROPOSED NPL UPDATE NO.: 00 FINAL
Menu options Forward


EPA ID: RID980731442




ZIP CODE: 02824-
COUNTY CODE: 007
FACILITY INDIC: N
RCRA FLAG:
LONGITUDE: 071 33 00.0
INCIDENT TYPE:
HETROSTAT AREA: 6480
RECOVERY INDIC: E
CLASSIFICATION: F
STATE PRP: N
MUNICIPAL PRP: N

NPL UPDATE NO.: 00


















Leave [M]
                        Exhibit 4-9 Site Summary "ADD" Screen

Data screens are used to add new information to the database and to view, update, or delete
existing information.  Typically, an "ADD" data screen looks the same as an "EDIT"  data
screen but offers different status line options.  (See Section 4.3.4 for information on status
lines.)

Most data screens contain "header" information  at the top of the screen.  This information
identifies the event or activity and site selected.  Header information on data screens cannot be
edited.

Some data screens offer view-only  access to the displayed data; for example, Budget  Control
data in the Non-Site Specific module is entered and modified by Headquarters personnel and
cannot be added, edited, or deleted by the regions. On color monitors, view-only data  appears
in yellow type without a shaded box.

View-only data screen status lines generally offer "Forward" and "Backward" options for
viewing additional records and a "Leave"  option for exiting the screen.

4.3    SCREEN FEATURES

Certain features are common to many WasteLAN  screens and function consistently throughout
4-10
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                    SYSTEM NAVIGATION AND FEATURES


 the system. The following paragraphs describe these standard screen elements.

 4.3.1         Data Fields

 A data field is the smallest discrete piece of information in a database.  A group of related data
 fields form a record; for example, name, location, lead, indicator, and other fields combine to
 form a single site record. The CERCLIS/WasteLAN Data Element Dictionary provides specific
 information on the size, type, and definition of all data fields used in WasteLAN.

 Data fields usually appear as shaded boxes on WasteLAN screens.  Exhibit 4-10 shows the data
 fields on the CERCLIS  Rejection Info "ADD" screen.













RECORD TYPE:
EPA ID:
OPUNIT:
EVENT CODE:
ACTIVITY TYPE:
SUBEVEHT :
FIN TYPE:
SEQUENCE NO.:
ACTION CODE:
COMMENT ID:
Forward
- rrpn i*! DF fFPTinu Turn m^——* ir&rru 1 or 1 ••_•

ALIAS ID: LOCATION:
PRP CODE:
STATUTE:
REMEDY:
MILESTONE:
CHEH NO.:
HEDIA: RCRA ID:
MATERIAL: Tl TYPE: SUFFIX NO.: 0
RECEPTORS: OCN:
LINE NO.: ACN:











Back Add Edit Delete Leave t ]
                  Exhibit 4-10  CERCLIS Rejection Info "ADD" Screen

Generally, the size of the shaded box indicates the length of data (number of typed characters)
allowed  or  required  in  the field.   Certain fields  accept alpha  characters  (text),  others
accommodate only numbers, and still others accept only dates.
Some data fields in WasteLAN are required  fields, meaning that data must be entered in the
field. A blank entry (or no entry) in a required field is invalid.  Generally, the cursor remains
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
4-11

-------
 SYSTEM NAVIGATION AND FEATURES
     Note:  Date fields in WasteLAN follow the format MM/DD/YY, where M =  the
     numeric equivalent of the month (from 01 to 12), D = the numeric equivalent of the
     day (from 01 to 31, depending on the month), and Y = the last two digits of the year.
     The  CERCLIS/WasteLAN Data  Element Dictionary contains specific, detailed
     information concerning the size, type, and definition of all WasteLAN data fields.
 at a required field until valid data  is entered. In some cases, WasteLAN prompts the user to
 enter required information when the record is saved.
4.3.2
Comment Fields
A comment field is a data field designated specifically for the entry of text.  The NSI Activity
screen shown in Exhibit 4-11 includes a Comment field.
              — ADD
                                   NON-SITE INCIDENT ACTIVITY
                                                               SCREEN 1 OF  1 —
                     ACTIVITY:  AC08  ARCS CONTRACT MANAGEMENT   FISCAL YEAR:  92

                         LEAD:                                STATE:

                      COMMENT:
                                Add
                             Edit
                                                     Leave
                  Exhibit 4-11 Non-Site Incident Activity "ADD" Screen

While comment fields are embedded in some WasteLAN data screens, most comments for a site,
event, or activity are entered, viewed,  modified, and/or deleted using a separate Comments
screen.  Comments screens are accessible from the Menu options pop-up window available on
Site, Event, and Activity Summary screens.  In addition, comments are available for some
4-12
                    WASTELAN SYSTEM
                 ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                      SYSTEM NAVIGATION AND FEATURES
 subsidiary data types such as operable units, subevents, and financial records.
4.3.3
Pop-Up Windows
A pop-up window is an on-line help feature designed to assist the user in entering data.  A field
name with a highlighted first letter indicates that a pop-up window of valid entries is available
for that field.  On monochrome monitors, the first letter of the field name appears in reverse
video; on color monitors, the first letter is highlighted in red.

Entering a < ? > or an invalid entry in a field linked to a pop-up window activates the pop-up
window.  Exhibit 4-12 presents the CERCLIS Record Types pop-up window.  This window is
associated  with the Record Type field found  on Rejection Info screens accessed from  the
Add/Edit/Delete Rejected Records option on the Upload Menu. (See Exhibit 4-10 for a screen
example that contains the Record Type field.)
                         0000
                         1100
                         1200
                         1300
                         1310
                         1500
                         1570
                         1700
                         1790
                         2100
                         2180
                         2190
                         2200
                         2300
                         2310
                     CERCLIS RECORD TYPES   —
                     SITE
                     OPERABLE UNIT
                     ALIAS
                     SITE COMMENT
                     SITE COMHENT LINE
                     FEDERAL AGENCY PRP
                     MEDIA
                     ENFORCEMENT ACTIVITIES
                     ENFORCEMENT VALID ACN/DCN
                     EVENT
                     RCRA
                     FUND VALID ACN/DCN
                     ALIAS LOCATION
                     OPERABLE UNIT COMHENT
                     OPERABLE UNIT COMMENT LINE
                    	   MORE    	
                  Exhibit 4-12  CERCLIS Record Types Pop-Up Window

When a pop-up window appears, the first entry is automatically highlighted.  A quick way to
move the light bar to highlight a different entry is to type the first character of the desired entry;
if multiple entries  begin with  the  same  character, keep  pressing  the character until  the
appropriate entry is  highlighted.

In many pop~uP windows, the  first entry is a  option, such as  "Return to
Activity."  This type of option closes the window without making a selection.

Keys used  to operate pop-up windows are displayed at the bottom of the window and function
as follows:
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
                     WASTELAN SYSTEM
                  ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
4-13

-------
 SYSTEM NAVIGATION AND FEATURES


 < f >        Moves the light bar one line up; advances to the last entry if the first entry is
              already highlighted.

 < i >        Moves the light bar one line down; advances to the first entry if the last entry is
              already highlighted.

     Scrolls the window to the previous page (screenful) of entries; has no effect if the
              first (or only) page of entries is already displayed.

 < PgDn >    Scrolls the window to the next page (screenful) of entries; has no effect if the last
              (or only) page of entries is already displayed.

     Scrolls the window  to the very beginning of the display and highlights the first
              entry; has no effect if the first entry is already highlighted.

      Scrolls the window  to the very end of the display and highlights the  last  entry;
              has no effect if the last entry is already highlighted.

 < «-" > < Enter>   Selects the highlighted entry, closes the  pop-up window,  and  places the
              selected entry in the  data field.

Some pop-up windows appear automatically when a menu choice or status line option is selected.
These pop-up windows operate in the same manner as those connected to specific data fields.
4.3.4
Status Lines
Status lines are cues that generally appear at the bottom of each WasteLAN screen. Status line
options indicate the actions available for manipulating the currently displayed data and/or screen
and for accessing other screens.

Status lines vary among the different  types of WasteLAN screens.   Exhibit 4-13 presents a
typical menu screen status line.
                    ENTER SELECTION  1-9  Quit   [ ]
                          Exhibit 4-13  Menu Screen Status Line

Menu screen status lines are used to select a menu option or to return to the previous screen.
4-14
                     WASTELAN SYSTEM
                  ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                    SYSTEM NAVIGATION AND FEATURES
 Select a menu option by typing its corresponding number and pressing  < Enter >.  To return
 to the previous screen, type  (for "Leave") and press  .

 Some menu screen status lines also offer a "Quit" option for returning to the WasteLAN main
 menu; type  and press   to select the "Quit" option.
     Exception:  Entering "Q" at the WasteLAN main menu logs you out of WasteLAN
     and displays the LAN menu.
 Exhibit 4-14 presents an example of the status line that appears on single-record  summary
 screens such as Site, Event, and Activity Summaries.
                    Menu options
         Edit
Leave
Quit    [M]|
                Exhibit 4-14 Summary Screen Status Line (Single Record)

Select an option by typing its highlighted letter and pressing < Enter >.  Options on the status
line shown in Exhibit 4-14 are described below.

        Menu options - Selecting "M" activates a  pop-up window of options for navigating
                    through additional screens related to the currently  displayed record.
                    Specific menu options are explained in Chapter 3 (Section 3.5), Chapter
                    4 (Section 4.3),  and Chapter  5 (Section 5.3) of the WasteLAN User's
                    Manual.

        Edit - Entering "E" permits the modification of the displayed data by placing the cursor
                    at the first data entry field on  the screen.

        Leave - Use this option to leave the current  screen. Entering "L" displays the previous
                    screen.

        guit - Entering "Q" displays the WasteLAN main menu.
             Exhibit 4-15 illustrates the status line that appears on multiple-record summary
             screens such as Subevent,  Comment,  and Financial summaries.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
                               4-15

-------
 SYSTEM NAVIGATION AND FEATURES
Add
Edit/delete
Leave
[L]
                Exhibit 4-15  Summary Screen Status Line (Multiple Record)

 Many status lines such as this one display a pre-selected option in the bracketed option entry
 field.  This pre-selected option is known as a  default.  The default option on the above status
 line is "L" for "Leave," so pressing < Enter >  without typing a different option displays the
 screen from which you accessed the summary.

 Select an option by typing its highlighted letter and pressing < Enter > . Options on the status
 line shown in Exhibit 4-15 are described below.

        Add - Entering "A" displays a data screen containing blank data entry fields used to add
              a new record  to the database.  After entering the  new  information  in the
              appropriate fields, enter "A" at the data screen status line to record the new
              information to the database.

        Edit/delete - Entering "E" for "Edit/delete"  displays the following record  selection
              prompt:  Use  t or ; - press  < Enter >  to select.  After highlighting and
              selecting the desired record, a data screen appears, showing existing information
              for the selected record in the data fields.
        Leave - Use this option to leave the current screen.  Entering "L" displays the previous
              screen.

The status line that appears at the bottom of an "ADD" data screen differs slightly from the one
that appears on an "EDIT" data screen. Exhibit 4-16 shows a typical "ADD" screen status line.
                    Add
 Edit
Leave
                      Exhibit 4-16  "ADD" Data Screen Status Line
Select an option by typing its highlighted letter and pressing < Enter >.  Options on the above
status line are described below.

       Add - Use this option after entering the new information in the data fields.  Selecting
                    this option records the new information to the database and displays the
4-16
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
                                     03/11
                                 VERSION 4

-------
                                                     SYSTEM NAVIGATION AND FEATURES
                     added record.

        Edit - Select this option to modify the new information before adding it to the database.
              Entering "E"  sends the  cursor to the first data field on the screen;  use the
              < Enter >  key  to  move to  the appropriate field (s)  and make the necessary
              change(s).  Pressing < Enter > at the last data field  returns the cursor to the
              status line.

        Leave  - Use this option  to exit  the "ADD"  screen without recording any  new
              information to the database. Entering "L" displays the previous screen.

 Exhibit 4-17 illustrates the status line that appears on "EDIT" data screens.
1
Delete
Save
Leave [ ]
                       Exhibit 4-17  "EDIT" Data Screen Status Line

Select an option by typing its highlighted letter and pressing < Enter >.  Options on the above
status line are described below.

        Edit - Use this option to modify the displayed information. Entering "E" sends the
              cursor to the first data  field on the  screen.   Use the    key  to
              move to the appropriate  field(s)  and make the  necessary  changes.  Pressing
              < Enter > at the last data field returns the cursor to the status line.

        Delete - Entering  "D" displays  the following  prompt  at the bottom of the screen:
              PRESS Y TO DELETE [N].    The  default response is  "N"  (for "No"),
              so pressing  leaves the record  unchanged.  Type "Y" (for  "Yes") and
              press < Enter > to delete the record and return to the previous screen.

        Save - Use this option after editing the displayed data to record the changes to the
              database.  After changes are made and the cursor is returned  to the  status  line,
              "S" is the default option; simply press    to save the changes and return
              to the previous screen.

        Leave -  Use this option to leave the current screen.  Entering "L" displays the previous
              screen.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
4-17

-------
 SYSTEM NAVIGATION AND FEATURES
 4.3.5 Turbo Access

 Turbo Access is a memory feature that works like a bookmark, saving your place in an Event
 or Activity screen.  If Turbo Access is on when you log out of WasteLAN, then the system
 "remembers" the last site record and Event or Activity Summary screen accessed. The next time
 you log in, the last Event or Activity Summary screen accessed will be displayed.

 The "Turbo Access" option appears in the  Menu options window accessed from the status line
 of an Event or Activity Summary screen. The feature operates as a toggle switch.  If the Menu
 options window displays the selection "Turbo  Access:  On," then  Turbo Access is already on,
 so selecting the option  will turn it off.  If the Menu options window displays  the selection
 "Turbo Access:  Off," then Turbo  Access  is off, so selecting the option will  turn  it on.

 4.4    SCREEN OPERATION
WasteLAN  screen  functions depend on several standard operating  characteristics.
characteristics are described below.
                                                  These
4.4.1  Cursor Movement

The cursor is the small, blinking, lighted bar or box that indicates the position on the screen at
which keystrokes appear.   Cursor movement  within WasteLAN screens is restricted to data
fields, status lines (at the bracketed option entry  fields), and pop-up window entry selection.

On "ADD" data screens, the cursor appears at the first data field, usually located on the upper
left side of the screen.  Each time the  < Enter> key is pressed, the cursor moves to the next
data field.  When the cursor is positioned at the  last data field, pressing   moves the
cursor to the status line.
     Exception:  Some data fields are  required fields; i.e., valid data must be  entered
     before the cursor will move to the next field.  The system will not accept blank entries
     in required  fields.
On most data screens, the cursor cannot be moved back to a previous field using the  ,
<-»>, or <•- > key.  To place the cursor at a previous data field, press < Enter > at the last
data field to access the status line. Then, enter "E" (for "Edit").  The cursor will return to the
first data field on the screen; use the < Enter > key to move the cursor to the appropriate field.
In pop-up windows, cursor position is indicated by the reverse-video highlight bar. The  < t >,
< * >, ,  ,  , and   keys are all keys that can be used to
4-18
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                    SYSTEM NAVIGATION AND FEATURES
move the cursor position (light bar) to a different entry.  Typing the first character of an entry
is also a way to move the light bar to that entry.  See Section 4.3.3 for more information on
using pop-up windows,

4.4.2  Data Entry

Data entry encompasses both the addition of new data and the modification of existing data in
the system. The process is the same for both "ADD"  and "EDIT" data screens,  except that
"ADD"  screens contain  blank fields, and "EDIT"  screens display existing data that can be
overwritten.  To enter or modify data, follow these eight steps:

        1.     Access the appropriate "ADD" or "EDIT" data screen.

        2.     If the screen is an "EDIT" screen,  and the cursor is initially at the status line,
              enter  "E" (for "Edit")  to move  the cursor  to  the  first  data  field on  the
              screen.

        3.     Type the appropriate data and press  < Enter >, or press < Enter >  without
              typing data to move the cursor to the next data field.

        4.     Continue entering data and/or pressing  until the  cursor reaches the
              status line.

        5.     Review the entered/modified data for accuracy.

        6.     If an error is found, choose "E" (for "Edit") at the status line, use the < Enter>
              key to move the cursor to the appropriate field, and repeat steps 3 through 6.

        7.     If the current screen is the first (or any screen other than the last) in a series, i.e.,
              "SCREEN 1 OF 2",  enter "F" (for "Forward") to display the next screen,  and
              repeat steps 3 through 7.

        8.     Once all of the appropriate data has been entered/modified and verified for
              accuracy, enter "A"  (for  "Add") at the  "ADD" screen status line or "S" (for
              "Save") at the "EDIT"  screen status line to record the new information to the
              database.  Entering "L" at the status line before entering "A" or  "S" cancels the
              data entry procedure, forfeits all additions/changes, and displays the previous
              system screen.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
4-19

-------
 SYSTEM NAVIGATION AND FEATURES
4.4.3  Edit Checks

Many  WasteLAN data  fields are protected by  built-in edit checks to prevent the entry of
incorrect data, such as alpha characters in numeric fields or invalid dates. For example, the
system will not permit an entry such as 04/31/90 in a date field, because April only has 30 days;
furthermore, date fields follow the MM/DD/YY  format, thus prohibiting an  entry such as
30/04/90.

Some edit check routines result  in error messages, as described below in  Section 4.4.4. The
cursor will remain at a field protected by an edit check until valid data is entered.  Consult the
CERCLIS/WasteLAN Data Element Dictionary for more information on specific  data fields and
their corresponding acceptable values.

4.4.4  Error Messages

Error messages appear on WasteLAN screens as a result of edit check routines associated with
data entry and option selection.  When invalid data is entered in a field or an  invalid selection
is chosen on a status line, the system displays a message that  briefly states the nature of the
error,  such as INVALID SELECTION.  PLEASE RE-ENTER.  Generally, error messages
appear at the bottom of the screen (highlighted in red on color  monitors) and disappear after a
few seconds.

Error messages are mentioned in this manual as they relate to the function being described.
Error  messages included in  the  body of this text appear in uppercase, boldfaced type.  In
addition, Appendix A  at the end of this manual lists the WasteLAN error messages most often
encountered and their  corresponding causes.

4.5    EXIT PROCEDURES

With the exception of the WasteLAN System Login and main menu screens  (shown at the
beginning of this  chapter in Exhibits 4-2 and 4-3,  respectively), all other WasteLAN  screens
offer a "Leave" option for exiting the current screen.  Simply type "L" and press < Enter > to
return  to the previous  system screen.

In addition, some WasteLAN menu screens contain a "Quit"  option for leaving the current
screen  and returning to the WasteLAN main menu. When a "Quit" option is available, type MQ"
and press  < Enter >  to display  the WasteLAN  main menu.  If no "Quit" option is available,
keep selecting the "Leave" option until a screen appears that has a "Quit" option or until the
main menu appears.
4-20
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                SYSTEM NAVIGATION AND FEATURES
To exit WasteLAN and return to the LAN menu, the WasteLAN main menu must be displayed
(use "Leave" and/or "Quit" options until the main menu appears).  Then, type "Q" and press
 < Enter>  at the WasteLAN  main menu to log out of the system.   The regional LAN
(AutoMAXX) menu will be displayed; generally, this menu includes a choice for logging out
of the LAN.
03/11/92                          WASTELAN SYSTEM                             4-21
VERSION 4.0                   ADMINISTRATION MANUAL

-------

-------
      WASTELAN
SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION
       MANUAL
      CHAPTER 5
USER INFORMATION
        03/11/92
      VERSION 4.0
        FINAL

-------

-------
                                                                 USER INFORMATION
            CHAPTERS:  WASTELAN USER INFORMATION

 The User Information module in the WasteLAN System Administration module is used to control
 user access to the WasteLAN application.  Functions in the User Information module allow the
 WasteLAN System Administrator to add and delete user IDs, and to assign to individual users
 access rights to specific types of WasteLAN information.

 To access the User Information module, log in to WasteLAN  to display the main menu, and
 choose option 9 on the main menu to display the System Administration menu (see Chapter 4,
 Sections 4.1.1 and 4.1.2). Then, select option 1 on the System Administration menu. The User
 Information summary/menu appears, as illustrated in Exhibit 5-1.


















i " * 1
et/cTt-u ir>r>Fi>o urn, i















NAME: JPUBUC
PASSWORD: GHOST

SYSTEM ADMIN: T
ENFORCEMENT: T
SCAP FIELDS: T
FINANCIAL: T
COST RECOVERY FIN: T
ENFORCEMENT ACCESS: T
MSI ACCESS: T
1SIF ACCESS: T
LINKS ACCESS: T
PREREHEDIAL ACCESS: T
REMEDIAL ACCESS: T
REMOVAL ACCESS: T


















1 \ UCVT USES
2) PREVIOUS USER
3) ADD NEW USER
4) EDIT PASSWORD/RIGHTS
5) DELETE USER
6) SEARCH FOR USER
7) SITE LOCKING
8) GLOBAL SCAP LOCKOUT



ENTER 1-8 Leave [ ]



































                     Exhibit 5-1 User Information Summary/Menu

The summary on the left side of the screen shows the access rights of the current user.  The
menu on the right side of the  screen provides options  for adding, modifying, deleting, or
selecting another user record and for using site and SCAP locking features.

Select a User Information menu option by  typing  its corresponding number and pressing
< Enter >.  Entering "L" (for "Leave") displays the System Administration menu.  Entering
"L" (for "Leave") at the System Administration menu displays the WasteLAN main menu. The
remaining sections of this chapter describe the features of the User Information module.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
5-1

-------
 USER INFORMATION


 5.1   SYSTEM ACCESS SUMMARY

 The User Information screen, shown in Exhibit 5-1, includes a summary of system access rights.
 This System  Access summary appears on the left side of the screen and displays the name,
 password, and system access rights of the first user record in the database.  The system access
 rights indicate which WasteLAN modules or types of data a user can access.
 5.1.1
Access Indicators
 Access to a particular part of the WasteLAN system is indicated as follows:

       T      (True) = The user has access privileges.

       F      (False) = The user does not have access privileges.

 Assigning a value of "T" (for "True") gives the user write access to the specified data, allowing
 him or her to add, edit, and delete information.  Assigning a value of "F" (for "False") grants
 read-only access to the specified data or prevents access altogether. For example, a value of "F"
 in the System  Admin field means that the user will not see the System Administration module
 option on the WasteLAN main menu and therefore does not even have read access. Similarly,
 a value of "F" in the Enforcement Access field means that the user is denied any access to the
 Enforcement module. See Section 5.1.2 for further information on enforcement data access.

 Additional  access restrictions can be assigned using the "Site Locking"  and "Global SCAP
 Lockout" options described in Sections 5.2.7 and 5.2.8, respectively.
5.1.2
Enforcement Data Access
WasteLAN enforcement data accommodates three types of access:

       •     No Access - Enter an "F"  (for "False") in both the  Enforcement Access and
             Enforcement fields.

       •     Read-Only Access - Enter a "T" (for "True") in the Enforcement Access field,
             but enter an "FM (for "False") in the Enforcement field. In the example shown
             in Exhibit 5-1, the user SHOLMES has read-only access to enforcement data.

       •     Read-Write Access - Enter  a "T"  in both  the  Enforcement Access  and
             Enforcement fields. The user will have read and write access in the Enforcement
             module; i.e.,  he or she will be able to add, edit, and delete information.
5-2
                    WASTELAN SYSTEM
                 ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                  USER INFORMATION


 The WasteLAN System Administrator assigns the appropriate enforcement access rights by using
 the "Edit Password/Rights" option for an existing user or the "Add New User" option for a new
 user.
 5.1.3
Financial Data Access
With the exception  of Planned Obligation records,  write access to WasteLAN financial
information is limited to users who have financial access rights.   Two fields in the System
Access summary are used to determine these rights. The Financial field is used to grant or deny
access to event/fund  (C3200), enforcement Case Budget  (C2600), and NSI financial (PI400)
records.  The Cost Recovery Fin field is used to grant or deny access Enforcement cost recovery
(C2900)  financial information.

For both of the Financial and Cost Recovery Fin fields, a "T" (for  "True") gives a user write
access to financial data.  An  "F" (for "False") means that the user has read-only access to
financial data.  Users without write access to financial  data encounter an error message when
attempting  to add,  edit, or  delete financial  records:   YOU  DO NOT  HAVE (COST
RECOVERY) FINANCIAL RIGHTS.

Planned  Obligation financial records in  the event/fund  (C3200), enforcement Case Budget
(C2600), and NSI financial  (P1400) databases are considered SCAP information.  Therefore,
write access to these records is determined by SCAP access rights.  See Section 5.2.8 for more
information on SCAP access rights.

5.2    USER INFORMATION MENU

Options  on the User  Information menu (see  Exhibit  5-1)  allow the  WasteLAN System
Administrator to retrieve a different user record, to add a new user to the WasteLAN system,
to modify  an existing  user record,  and  to enable site and SCAP locking  functions.   The
following sections describe the User Information menu  options.
5.2.1
Next User
Selecting option 1 on the User Information menu retrieves the next user record in the database
and displays it in the System Access summary.  Records are arranged in the database in order
of encrypted user name.  Choosing the "Next User" option when the last record is already
displayed presents the following message at the bottom of the screen:  END OF SELECTED
LIST.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
                    WASTELAN SYSTEM
                 ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
5-3

-------
 USER INFORMATION
 5.2.2
Previous User
 Selecting option 2 on the User Information menu retrieves the previous user record in the
 database and displays it in the System Access summary.  Records are arranged in the database
 in order of encrypted user name.  Choosing the "Previous User" option when the first record
 is already displayed presents the following message at the bottom of the screen:  BEGINNING
5.2.3
Add New User
Use this option to add a new user to the WasteLAN database.  When this option is selected, the
Name and Password fields are cleared, a default value of "F" appears in all of the access fields,
and the cursor is placed at the Name field.

Type the name of the new user and press < Enter >. Note:  The WasteLAN user name must
be  the same as the LAN user name, because the WasteLAN login routine uses the LAN user
name (see Chapter 4, Section 4.1.1).
     Important: All WasteLAN users can (and should) change their own passwords using
     the "Change Password" option in the User Utilities module.  To promote WasteLAN
     system security, instruct users to change their passwords at least once every 90 days.
Use the  key to move to each access field and assign the appropriate value, i.e., type
"T" (for "True") to grant access, or press < Enter >  to leave the "F" (for "False") value and
prohibit access. Pressing  < Enter > at the last access field (Removal Access) adds the new user
to the database and returns the cursor to the User Information menu status line.

The system will not allow the entry of a blank user name and password. Pressing < Enter >
without typing data in the  Name, Password, and access fields displays  the following message at
the bottom of the screen:  A BLANK NAME CANNOT BE ADDED.  When the message
disappears, the cursor returns to the status line at the bottom of the User Information menu.
5.2.4
Edit Password/Rights
Use this option to edit the name, password, and/or access rights for the user record currently
displayed in the System Access summary.  Selecting this option places the cursor at the Name
field.  If necessary, make the appropriate change(s) to the user name and press < Enter >.  Use
the < Enter > key to move  to each of the remaining fields in the System Access summary and
make the necessary changes.  Pressing < Enter > at the last field (Removal Access) returns the
5-4
                    WASTELAN SYSTEM
                 ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                   USER INFORMATION
 cursor to the status line at the bottom of the User Information menu.
5.2.5
Delete User
 Use this option to delete the user record currently displayed in the System Access summary.
 Selecting this option displays the following prompt at the bottom of the screen: PRESS Y TO
 DELETE IN]. The default response is "N" (for "No"), so pressing   leaves the record
 unchanged.  Type "Y" (for "Yes") and press  to delete the user record.
5.2.6
Search For User
Use option 6 on the User Information menu to retrieve a specific user record from the database
and display it in  the System Access summary.  Selecting this  option presents the following
prompt at the bottom of the screen:

                                    ENTER NAME:

Type the desired user  name and press < Enter >.  The system displays the corresponding
password and access rights for the specified user.

Entering an invalid user name presents the following message at the bottom of the screen:  NO
USERNAME FOUND...PLEASE TRY AGAIN.   When the message disappears, the cursor
returns to the status line at  the bottom of the User Information menu. Enter "6" again to search
for another user name.
5.2.7
Site Locking
The Site Locking feature allows the WasteLAN System Administrator to restrict write access to
WasteLAN data by individual sites.  When the Site Locking feature is enabled, users without
special site access assignment rights cannot add, edit, or delete data.  Site locking menu options
allow the WasteLAN System Administrator to grant special site access assignment rights to
users, giving them write access to the specified site(s).

Selecting option 7, "Site Locking," on the User Information menu displays the Site locking menu
illustrated in exhibit 5-2.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
                    WASTELAN SYSTEM
                 ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
5-5

-------
 USER INFORMATION




__ , 4VCTFU 4PTF^ . «.,,
NAME: J PUBLIC
PASSWORD: GHOST
SYSTEM ADMIN: T
ENFORCEMENT: T
SCAP FIELDS: T
FINANCIAL: T
COST RECOVERY FIN: T
ENFORCEMENT ACCESS: T
NS1 ACCESS: T
ISIF ACCESS: T
LINKS ACCESS: T
PREREKED1AL ACCESS: T
REMEDIAL ACCESS: T
REMOVAL ACCESS: T

JFOf



Mruii
1) SITE LOCKING ON/OFF
2) VIEW GLOSAL ACCESS
3) GLOBAL ACCESS USER ADD
4) GLOBAL ACCESS USER DELETE
5) SITE ACCESS ASSIGNMENT
ENTER 1-5 Leave [ ]




                             Exhibit 5-2  Site Locking Menu

Select a menu option by typing its corresponding number and pressing < Enter >. Options on
the Site Locking menu are described below.

       1)     SITE LOCKING ON/OFF - Option 1 on the Site Locking menu provides access
              to the screen  used  to enable or disable the site locking feature.   Exhibit 5-3
              presents the Site Locking On/Off Switch screen.

              The Current Status field on  the  Site Locking On/Off Switch screen  indicates
              whether site locking is enabled.  Options at the bottom of the screen are used to
              turn site locking on or off and to leave the screen and return to the Site Locking
              menu.

              Hint: When site locking is off (not enabled), all users have normal access rights,
              i.e.,  the  rights indicated  in  the System  Access  summary (see Exhibit 5-1).
              Therefore, the other  options  on the Site Locking menu do not apply.  These
              options only apply when site  locking is on (enabled).
5-6
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                 USER INFORMATION



































NAME: J PUBLIC
PASSWORD: GHOST

SYSTEM ADMIN: T
ENFORCEMENT: T
SCAP FIELDS: T
FINANCIAL: T
COST RECOVERY FIN: T
ENFORCEMENT ACCESS: T
NSI ACCESS: T
1SIF ACCESS: T
LINKS ACCESS: T
PREREMED1AL ACCESS: T
REMEDIAL ACCESS: T
REMOVAL ACCESS: T


















ON/OFF SUTTCH

CURRENT STATUS: OFF

1. ON

2. OFF




ENTER 1-2 Leave [ ]



































                        Exhibit 5-3  Site Locking On/Off Switch

       2)     VIEW GLOBAL ACCESS  - Option 2 on the Site Locking menu (see Exhibit
             5-2) invokes the View Global Site Access screen,  illustrated in Exhibit 5-4.




**YCTFU irrFTT
NAME: JPUBL1C
PASSWORD: GHOST
SYSTEM ADMIN: T
ENFORCEMENT: T
SCAP FIELDS: T
FINANCIAL: T
COST RECOVERY FIN: T
ENFORCEMENT ACCESS: T
NSI ACCESS: T
ISIF ACCESS: T
LINKS ACCESS: T
PREREMED1AL ACCESS: T
REMEDIAL ACCESS: T
REMOVAL ACCESS: T

(FOf




VIEW GLOBAL ACCESS EMPLOYEES
BGERBER
MKELLMAN
SCOOP KAN
J PUBLIC
PRESS ANY KEY TO CONTINUE...




                      Exhibit 5-4  View Global Site Access Screen
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
5-7

-------
 USER INFORMATION
             The View Global Site Access screen presents a list of all users who have global
             write access to information when site locking is enabled. These global users can
             add, edit or delete WasteLAN data when the site locking switch is on.

       3)    GLOBAL ACCESS USER ADD - Option 3 on the Site Locking menu is used
             to grant global write access to the currently selected user. Caution: Before using
             this option, make sure the appropriate user record  is displayed in the System
             Access summary.  Use the "Next User," "Previous User,"  or "Search for User"
             option  on the initial User Information menu  (Exhibit  5-1)  to retrieve the
             appropriate user record.

             Selecting this option for a user who does not have global access presents the
             following message at the bottom of the screen: THIS USER'S RECORD WAS
             ADDED. Selecting this option for a user who already has global access presents
             the following message at the bottom of the screen: THE DESIGNATED NAME
             HAS ALREADY BEEN ENTERED.

       4)    GLOBAL ACCESS USER DELETE - Option 4 on the Site Locking menu is
             used to remove global write access from the currently selected  user.  Caution:
             Before using this option, make sure the appropriate user record is  displayed in the
             System Access summary.  Use the "Next User," "Previous User," or "Search for
             User" option on the initial User Information menu (Exhibit 5-1) to retrieve the
             appropriate user record.

             Selecting this option for a user who has global access presents the following
             message at the bottom of the screen:   THIS USER'S RECORD WAS
             DELETED.  Selecting this option  for a user who does not have global access
             presents the following message at the bottom of the screen:   NAME NOT IN
             GLOBAL ACCESS FILE.

       5)    SITE ACCESS ASSIGNMENT - Option 5 on the Site Locking menu provides
             access to the  Site Access Assignment menu illustrated in Exhibit 5-5.
5-8
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                     USER INFORMATION



















f-vf-rcu if*r*efv un.ii















NAME: JPUBUC
PASSWORD: GHOST

SYSTEM ADMIN: T
ENFORCEMENT: T
SCAP FIELDS: T
FINANCIAL: T
COST RECOVERY FIN: T
ENFORCEMENT ACCESS: T
NSI ACCESS: T
ISIF ACCESS: T
LINKS ACCESS: T
PREREHEDIAL ACCESS: T
REMEDIAL ACCESS: T
REMOVAL ACCESS: T


















\\ Ann CITE AC^lfiUMFkET

2) DELETE SITE ASSIGNMENT

3) VIEW SITE ASSIGNMENT






ENTER 1-3 Leave [ ]



































                        Exhibit 5-5  Site Access Assignment Menu

When site locking is enabled, options on this menu are used to add, delete, or view specific sites
to  which the  currently selected  user  has write access.   Select an  option  by typing its
corresponding number and pressing < Enter >.  Options on the Site Access Assignment menu
are described below.

       1)     Add Site Assignment - This option allows the WasteLAN System Administrator
              to grant write access to specific sites to the currently selected user.  In other
              words, the user will be able to add, edit, or delete information for the specified
              site(s).

              Exhibit 5-6 depicts the Add Site Assignment screen.  Note:  The status line at the
              bottom of the Menu window is not visible when the screen first appears.  Typing
              data  and/or pressing  < Enter >  at the Ref No. field activates the status  line.

              After typing the appropriate site reference number in the Ref No. field, press
              < Enter >.  The cursor moves to the status line, where "L" (for "Leave") is the
              default option. Press < Enter > to exit the Add Site Assignment  screen without
              adding any data, or type "A" and press < Enter >  to add access to the specified
              site to the selected user record.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
5-9

-------
 USER INFORMATION



















cworru nrrrrr urui i















NAME: J PUBLIC
PASSWORD: GHOST

SYSTEM ADMIN: T
ENFORCEMENT: T
SCAP FIELDS: T
FINANCIAL: T
COST RECOVERY FIN: T
ENFORCEMENT ACCESS: T
NS1 ACCESS: T
ISIF ACCESS: T
LINKS ACCESS: T
PREREMEDIAL ACCESS: T
REMEDIAL ACCESS: T
REMOVAL ACCESS: T


















IKFB UAMP • IP1IRI If*

REF NO.: 0








Add Leave [U



































                         Exhibit 5-6 Add Site Assignment Screen

       2)     Delete  Site  Assignment  -  This  option allows  the  WasteLAN  System
              Administrator to remove write access to specific sites from the currently selected
              user. In other words, the user will have read-only access to the deleted sites.

              Exhibit 5-7 presents an example of the Delete Site Assignment screen.  When the
              screen first appears, the name of the currently selected user and the reference
              number of the last site assigned to the user are displayed.
5-10
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                   USER INFORMATION



















evc-Tru »^/»P*»*» ur-ui i















NAME: JPUBL1C
PASSWORD: GHOST

SYSTEH ADMIN: T
ENFORCEMENT: T
SCAP FIELDS: T
FINANCIAL: T
COST RECOVERY FIN: T
ENFORCEMENT ACCESS: T
NSI ACCESS: T
IS IF ACCESS: T
LINKS ACCESS: T
PREREMED1AL ACCESS: T
REMEDIAL ACCESS: T
REMOVAL ACCESS: T
















DELETE SITE ASSIGNMENT

USER NAME' jPUBLIC

REF NO.: 00004







Forward Back Delete Leave [I]




































       3)
          Exhibit 5-7  Delete Site Assignment Screen

Status line options on the Delete Site Assignment screen function as follows:

Forward - displays the reference number of the next site in the site assignment
       list for the selected user.  Selecting this option when the last (or only)
       reference number is already displayed results in the message END OF
       SELECTED LIST.

Back - displays the reference number of the previous site in the site assignment
       list for the selected user.  Selecting this option when the first (or only)
       reference  number  is  already   displayed  results  in   the  message
       BEGINNING OF SELECTED LIST.

Delete - displays the following prompt at the bottom of the screen:  PRESS Y
       TO   DELETE   [N].      The   default   response   is   "N"   (for
       "No"), so pressing    leaves the displayed reference number
       unchanged. Type "Y" and press    to delete the displayed site
       reference number from the list of sites assigned to the selected user.

Leave - displays the Site Access Assignment menu (Exhibit 5-5).

View Site Assignment - This  option displays the list of sites assigned to the
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
                    WASTELAN SYSTEM
                 ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
5-11

-------
 USER INFORMATION
              currently selected user. The user can view, add, edit, and delete information for
              the specified sites. Exhibit 5-8 illustrates the View Site Assignment screen.


















1 I
















NAME: JPUBLIC
PASSWORD: GHOST

SYSTEM ADMIN: T
ENFORCEMENT: T
SCAP FIELDS: T
FINANCIAL: T
COST RECOVERY FIN: T
ENFORCEMENT ACCESS: T
NSI ACCESS: T
ISIF ACCESS: T
LINKS ACCESS: T
PREREMEDIAL ACCESS: T
REMEDIAL ACCESS: T
REMOVAL ACCESS: T


















IKPB UAMF • tPIIRI IP

REF NO.(s): 00004
00014
00028
00141





PRESS ANY KEY TO CONTINUE...



































                        Exhibit 5-8 View Site Assignment Screen

             As the prompt at the  bottom of the menu window indicates, press any key to
             return to the Site Access Assignment menu (Exhibit 5-5).  Entering "L" (for
             "Leave") at the Site Access  Assignment menu displays the  Site Locking menu
             (Exhibit 5-2). Entering "LH (for "Leave") at the Site Locking menu displays the
             User Information menu presented earlier in Exhibit 5-1.

5.2.8  Global SCAP Lockout

Option 8 on the User Information menu (Exhibit 5-1) provides access to the Global SCAP
Lockout feature. This feature allows the WasteLAN System Administrator  to globally prohibit
write access to SCAP information. The feature includes exception options to allow the SA to
assign SCAP write access to certain designated users.
The Global SCAP Lockout and SCAP Fields features apply only to data contained in SCAP
5-12
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                 USER INFORMATION
     Note:  The SCAP Fields field in the System Access Summary provides an alternative
     way to assign SCAP access to individual users.  A value of "T" (for "True") in this
     field means the user has write access to SCAP information.  A  value of "F" (for
     "False") means the user does not have write access to SCAP information.
 fields. The following fields are considered SCAP fields:  (event) Planned Start and Planned
 Completion dates, Planned Obligation fields for Event (C3200), Case Budget (C2600), and NSI
 (P1400) financial records, and Planning Status fields.
 Selecting the Global SCAP Lockout option displays the Global SCAP Lockout menu. Exhibit
 5-9 presents the Global SCAP Lockout menu.





NAME: JPUBLIC
PASSWORD: GHOST
SYSTEM ADH1N: T
ENFORCEMENT: T
SCAP FIELDS: T
FINANCIAL: T
COST RECOVERY FIN: T
ENFORCEMENT ACCESS: T
NSI ACCESS: T
IS1F ACCESS: T
LINKS ACCESS: T
PREREMEDIAL ACCESS: T
REMEDIAL ACCESS: T
REMOVAL ACCESS: T

FOF




1) GLOBAL SCAP LOCKING ON/OFF
2) VIEW USER EXCEPTIONS
3) USER EXCEPTIONS ADD
A) USER EXCEPTIONS DELETE
ENTER 1-4 Leave [ ]




                       Exhibit 5-9 Global SCAP Lockout Menu

Select a menu option by typing its corresponding number and pressing < Enter >.  Options on
the Global SCAP Lockout menu are described below.

       1)     GLOBAL SCAP LOCKING ON/OFF - Option 1 on the Global SCAP Lockout
             menu provides access to the screen used to enable or disable the SCAP lockout
             feature.  The SCAP Lockout On/Off Switch, illustrated in Exhibit 5-10, is very
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
5-13

-------
 USER INFORMATION
             similar to the Site Locking On/Off Switch.


















1 " 1
















NAME: JPUBLIC
PASSWORD: GHOST

SYSTEM ADMIN: T
ENFORCEMENT: T
SCAP FIELDS: T
FINANCIAL: T
COST RECOVERY FIN: T
ENFORCEMENT ACCESS: T
NSI ACCESS: T
ISIF ACCESS: T
LINKS ACCESS: T
PREREMEDIAL ACCESS: T
REMEDIAL ACCESS: T
REMOVAL ACCESS: T


















^rAP i nrtmiT OU/OFF IUITTH

CURRENT STATUS: OFF

1. ON

Z. OFF




ENTER 1-2 Leave [ ]



































                      Exhibit 5-10 SCAP Lockout On/Off Switch
      2)
The Current Status field on the SCAP Lockout On/Off Switch screen indicates
whether SCAP lockout is enabled.  Options at the bottom of the screen are used
to turn SCAP lockout on or off and to leave the screen and return to the Global
SCAP Lockout menu.

Hint:  When the SCAP lockout switch is off (not enabled), all users have normal
access  rights, i.e., the rights indicated in the System  Access summary (see
Exhibit 5-1).  Therefore, the other options on the Global SCAP Lockout menu
do not apply.  These options  only apply when the SCAP lockout switch is on
(enabled).

VIEW USER EXCEPTIONS - Option 2  on the Global SCAP Lockout menu
presents a list of all users who  have write access to SCAP information when
SCAP lockout is enabled.  These excepted users can add, edit or delete SCAP
data when the SCAP lockout switch is on.  Exhibit 5-11 presents an example of
the View User Exceptions screen.
5-14
                    WASTELAN SYSTEM
                 ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                USER INFORMATION





NAME: JPUBLIC
PASSWORD: GHOST
SYSTEM ADMIN: T
ENFORCEMENT: T
SCAP FIELDS: T
FINANCIAL: T
COST RECOVERY FIN: T
ENFORCEMENT ACCESS: T
NSI ACCESS: T
1SIF ACCESS: T
LINKS ACCESS: T
PREREMED1AL ACCESS: T
REMEDIAL ACCESS: T
REMOVAL ACCESS: T

JFO




SCAP LOCK USER EXCEPTIONS
SKOOPMAN
JPUBLIC
PRESS ANY KEY TO CONTINUE...




                      Exhibit 5-11 View User Exceptions Screen

       3)     USER EXCEPTIONS ADD - Option 3 on the Global SCAP Lockout menu is
             used to grant write access to SCAP information to the currently selected user.
             Caution:  Before using this option, make sure the appropriate user  record is
             displayed in the System Access summary.  Use  the "Next User," "Previous
             User," or "Search for User" option on the initial User Information menu (Exhibit
             5-1) to retrieve the appropriate user record.

             Selecting this option for a user who does not have write access to SCAP fields
             presents  the following message at the bottom  of  the screen:  THIS USER'S
             RECORD WAS ADDED. Selecting this option for a user who already has write
             access to SCAP fields presents the following message at the bottom of the screen:
             THE DESIGNATED NAME HAS ALREADY BEEN ENTERED.

       4)     USER EXCEPTIONS DELETE - Option 4 on the Global SCAP Lockout menu
             is used to remove write access to SCAP fields from the currently selected user.
             Caution:  Before using this option, make sure the appropriate user  record is
             displayed in the System Access summary.  Use  the "Next User," "Previous
             User," or "Search for User" option on the initial User Information menu (Exhibit
             5-1) to retrieve the appropriate user record.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
5-15

-------
 USER INFORMATION
             Selecting this option for a user who has write access to SCAP fields presents the
             following message at the bottom of the screen:  THIS USER'S RECORD WAS
             DELETED. Selecting this option for a user who does not have write access to
             SCAP fields presents the  following message at the bottom of the screen: USER'S
             NAME NOT IN SCAP  EXCEPTION FILE.

 Entering "L" (for "Leave") at the Global SCAP Lockout menu displays the User Information
 menu (Exhibit 5-1).
5-16
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
    03/11
VERSION 4.

-------
      WASTELAN
SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION
       MANUAL
      CHAPTER 6
FILE MAINTENANCE
        03/11/92
       VERSION 4.0
        FINAL

-------

-------
                                                                 FILE MAINTENANCE
             CHAPTERS: WASTELAN FILE MAINTENANCE

 Occasionally, WasteLAN system errors and other disruptions may lock records and/or corrupt
 files. The WasteLAN System Administration menu contains file maintenance options that the
 WasteLAN System Administrator (SA) can use to correct these minor problems.

 To access these file maintenance options, first log in to WasteLAN to display the main menu
 (see Chapter 4, Section 4.1.1 for WasteLAN access procedures). Then, select option 9, "System
 Administration." The WasteLAN System Administration menu appears, as illustrated below in
 Exhibit 6-1.









1) USER INFORMATION
2) UNLOCK RECORDS
3) RE- INDEX DATABASES
4) DATABASE DIRECTORY
5) REGIONAL FIELDS

yruij 	 _
B) REPORT MENU
9) ADD NEWS ALERTS
10) NS1 MAINTENANCE MENU
11) SUBEVENT /MILESTONE CODES
12) LINKS BATCH ROUTINE
6) REGIONAL PROJECT MANAGERS 13) MASGEN
7) UPLOAD MENU










                              ENTER SELECTION  1-13  Leave  [  ]
                       Exhibit 6-1  System Administration Menu

Options 2, 3, and 4 on the System Administration menu assist the SA in performing minor file
maintenance. These options are described in detail in the remaining sections of this chapter.

6.1    UNLOCK RECORDS

To prevent more than one user from updating the same record at the same time, the WasteLAN
application includes a record locking feature.  In the event of a WasteLAN system error, the
record may remain locked, prohibiting any access to the record.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
6-1

-------
 FILE MAINTENANCE


 Typically, a system error that results in this type of record locking is a session-ending error;
 i.e., the affected user is logged out of WasteLAN automatically.  If the user logs back in and
 attempts to access the affected record, a message similar to the following appears on the screen:
 THIS RECORD IS BEING EDITED AT ANOTHER STATION.

 A  user  encountering  a  locked  record situation  should  inform the  WasteLAN System
 Administrator and specify the affected record(s) and screen in which the problem occurred.  This
 information is necessary to ascertain which database contains the locked record(s).  Appendix
 B to this manual lists  the WasteLAN database files; use this Appendix to  determine which
 database file(s) to unlock. In addition, Exhibit 1-2 in Chapter 1 presents a structural chart of
 CERCLIS data and the associated WasteLAN files.

 Once the affected database(s) and record(s) have been determined, then the  record unlocking
 process can be  performed.
     Important:  Have all users log out of WasteLAN before unlocking records.  Then,
     select option 2, "Unlock Records," on the System Administration menu (Exhibit 6-1).
     The Unlock Records screen appears, as shown in Exhibit 6-2.
6-2
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                    FILE MAINTENANCE
                                        UNLOCK RECORDS
                             ENTER DATABASE FILENAME OR ALL:
                               Select
            Change
                                                       Leave
                           Exhibit 6-2  Unlock Records Screen

When the screen appears, the cursor is at the first data field.  As the prompt next to this field
indicates, type the name of the appropriate  database and press  < Enter >, or type the word
"ALL" and press  to unlock all records in the system.  Note:  Unlocking all records
takes several minutes, because the system accesses each database.

When a valid database name (or the word "ALL") is entered, the following message appears at
the bottom of the screen:  RECORDS BEING RESET.
     Exception:   For certain databases, such as the Site database (COOOO), the system
     allows you to specify an individual record to be unlocked.  In this case, after the
     database name is entered, the cursor moves to the status line, which offers record
     selection options.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
6-3

-------
 FILE MAINTENANCE
 Exhibit 6-3 presents an example of the status containing record selection options.
                     Specific record
            All
Leave
                     Exhibit 6-3  Unlock Record Selection Status Line

 Options on the status line shown in Exhibit 6-3 are described  below.

       Specific record - used to specify an individual record to be unlocked.  Entering "S" (for
              "Specific record") displays additional fields used to identify the specific record.
              For example, if "COOOO" is the database name entered in  the first field,  then
              selecting the "Specific  record" option activates a Ref No. field.  Enter  the
              appropriate site reference number  and press < Enter >.  If a valid reference
              number is entered,  then the following message appears at the bottom of the
              screen:  RECORD BEING RESET. When the message disappears, the original
              status line is displayed again (see Exhibit 6-2).

              If an invalid reference number is entered, the following message appears at the
              bottom of the screen: REF NO. NNNNN NOT FOUND ("NNNNN" stands for
              the reference number entered).  When the message disappears, the original status
              line is displayed again.  Enter  "S"  (for "Select") to access  the record  selection
              status line, and  then enter "S"  (for  "Specific record") again to activate the Ref
              No. field and enter a different site reference number.

       All - unlocks all records in the specified database. Entering "A" (for "AH") displays the
              following  message   at  the  bottom  of  the  screen:    RECORDS  BEING
              RESET. In addition, the Total Reset field on the bottom right side of the screen
              indicates the number of records being reset.  When the process is complete, the
              message disappears  and  the original status  line is displayed again (see Exhibit
              6-2).

       Leave - displays the System Administration menu without unlocking the specified
              record(s).

Options on  the original Unlock  Records screen   status line,  illustrated in Exhibit  6-2,  are
described  below.  Select an option by typing its corresponding letter and pressing < Enter >.

       Select - if the currently selected  database (displayed in  the field at the top of the screen)
              allows specific  record  unlocking,  then entering  "S"  (for  "Select")  displays
              the record selection  status line  (Exhibit 6-3). If the currently selected  database
6-4
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
                          03/11/92
                      VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                 FILE MAINTENANCE


             does not allow individual records to be unlocked, then entering "S" (for "Select")
             unlocks all the records in the database again.

       Change - used to change the currently selected database.  Entering "C" returns the cursor
             to the database filename field at the top of the screen.  Type  the name of
             a different database and press  < Enter >.  The record unlocking process begins
             again, as described in the preceding paragraphs.

       Leave - used to exit the Unlock Records screen and return to the System Administration
             menu.

 6.2    RE-INDEX DATABASES

 In some instances, a WasteLAN system disruption may corrupt an index file associated with a
 WasteLAN database file.  When this happens, a message such as the following may appear on
 a WasteLAN screen or report:

       DATABASE RECORD IS TRASHED

       INDEX DAMAGED
       RECORD IS OUT OF RANGE

Users  encountering any such message should immediately  inform  the WasteLAN System
Administrator and specify on which screen or report the message appeared. Using the database
tables listed in Appendix B to this manual, determine the database that contains the corrupted
file.  The  "Database Directory" option, described in Section 6.3, provides further detailed
information on the index files associated with specific database files.  In addition, Exhibit 1-2
in Chapter 1 of this manual presents a structural chart of CERCLIS data and the associated
WasteLAN files.

Once the corrupted file has been determined, then the database can be re-indexed.
     Important: Have all users log out of WasteLAN before re-indexing databases. Then,
     select option 3, "Re-Index Databases," on the System Administration menu (Exhibit
     6-1). The Re-Index Databases screen appears, as shown in Exhibit 6-4.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
6-5

-------
 FILE MAINTENANCE
                                      RE-INDEX DATABASES
                             ENTER DATABASE FILENAME OR ALL:
                                     Change
                  Leave
                         Exhibit 6-4  Re-Index Databases Screen

This screen functions very much like the Unlock Records screen described in Section 6.1, except
that specific records cannot be selected. When the screen appears, the cursor is at the first data
field. As the prompt next to this field indicates, type the name of the appropriate database and
press < Enter >, or type the word "ALL" and press < Enter > to re-index all databases. Note:
Re-indexing all databases takes approximately fifteen minutes, depending on the equipment and
configuration of the regional LAN.

When a database name (or the word "ALL") is entered, the database name, index file(s) and sort
keys associated with the selected database appear in the bottom portion of the screen, along with
the following message:  INDEX BEING RE-CREATED.

When the re-indexing process is complete, the database name,  index file and sort key fields in
the bottom portion of the screen disappear, and the cursor moves to the status line. Entering
"C" (for "Change") moves the cursor to the database filename field at the top of the screen,
allowing you to select another database to  be re-indexed.  Entering "L" (for "Leave") returns
you to the System Administration menu.
6-6
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                    FILE MAINTENANCE
 6.3   DATABASE DIRECTORY

 Option 4 on the System Administration menu  provides access to  a  directory of WasteLAN
 databases. Selecting this option displays the Database Directory screen, depicted in Exhibit 6-5.


DATA INDEX
BASE NAME DIRECTORY
ACTLINK ACTLINK1 DATAN
ACTLINK ACTLINK2 DATA\
ACTLINK ACTLINK3 DATA\
ACTLINK; ACT LINK* DATAN
ACTITEMP TABLES\
ACT FILE ACT FILE TABLES\
COOOO COOOO DATA\
COOOO C0000305 DATA\
COOOO C0000104 DATA\
COOOO C0000101 DATA\
COOOO C0000002 DATAN
COOOO C0000315 DATA\
COOOO C0000204 DATA\
C0600 C0600 DATAN
C1100 C1100 DATAN
C1200 C1200 DATAN
C1200 C1 200204 DATAN
Forward



KEY
S10*OP UNIT1+LINK1+OP UNIT2+LINK2
SID+OP~UNIT2*LINK2+OP~UNIT1+LIMIC1
EPA IO+OP UNITl+LINKl"
EPAJD+OPJJNIT2+LINK2

ACTIVITY
SID
1 1 F(C0305t' FPS' , ' Y ' , 'N ' )+C0002+C0104
C0 104
C0101
C0002+C0104
C031S
C0204+C0497
SID
SID»C1101
SID»C1201
C1204




















Leave [ ]
                          Exhibit 6-5 Database Directory Screen

The Database Directory lists the index files, directory location,  and sort keys associated with
each WasteLAN database.  This information may be helpful in generating WasteLAN reports,
as well as in troubleshooting system errors.

More files exist than can be seen  in the first page of the directory, so  the status line at the
bottom of the screen includes a "Forward" option. Entering "F" at the status line displays the
next page of database files.  Entering "L" (for "Leave") displays the System Administration
menu again.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
6-7

-------

-------
       WASTELAN
 SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION
       MANUAL
       CHAPTER 7
REGIONAL FEATURES
        03/11/92
       VERSION 4.0
         FINAL

-------

-------
                                                               REGIONAL FEATURES
                   CHAPTER?:  REGIONAL FEATURES

 Four options on the WasteLAN System Administration menu provide access to features that
 allow the WasteLAN System Administrator to customize the regional database.  These options
 include changing regional field names, updating the list of Regional Project Manager (RPM)
 names, updating codes used in Non-Site Specific module, and updating subevent and milestone
 codes.

 To access these regional features, first log in to WasteLAN to display the WasteLAN main menu
 (see Chapter 4, Section 4.1.1 for WasteLAN access procedures).  Then, select option 9, "System
 Administration." The WasteLAN System Administration menu appears, as illustrated below in
 Exhibit 7-1.














HFWU
1) USER INFORMATION B) REPORT MENU
2) UNLOCK RECORDS 9) ADD NEWS ALERTS
3) RE- INDEX DATABASES 10) NS1 MAINTENANCE MENU
4) DATABASE DIRECTORY 11) SUBEVEHT/MILESTONE COOES
5) REGIONAL FIELDS 12) LINKS BATCH ROUTINE
6) REGIONAL PROJECT MANAGERS 13) MASGEN
7) UPLOAD MENU

ENTER SELECTION 1-13 Leave [ ]












                       Exhibit 7-1  System Administration Menu

Options 5, 6, 10, and 11 provide access to features used to customize the regional database.
The remaining sections of this chapter describe these options in detail.

7.1    REGIONAL FIELDS

Regional fields appear on several WasteLAN screens and are designed to accommodate the entry
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
7-1

-------
 REGIONAL FEATURES
 of regionally defined data.  When the WasteLAN system is installed, the names of these fields
 correspond to CERCL1S elements, i.e., C0491, etc. The WasteLAN System Administrator can
 change the names of these fields to reflect the type of data for which the region will be using
 these fields.

 Selecting  option  5  on the  System Administration menu  displays the  Regional  Fields menu
 depicted in Exhibit  7-2.














yrui 1
1) SITE S) MILESTONES
2} OPERABLE UNIT 6) REMEDIES
3) EVENTS 7} CASE BUDGET
4) ACTIVITIES 8) COST RECOVERY FINANCIAL

ENTER SELECTION 1-8 Leave [ ]












                           Exhibit 7-2  Regional Fields Menu

The options on the Regional Fields menu  represent the different WasteLAN databases  that
contain regional fields. Selecting an option on the Regional Fields menu displays a data screen
showing the current field names of the regional fields that exist in the specified database.  For
example, choosing option 1, "Site," presents the screen shown in Exhibit 7-3.
7-2
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                 REGIONAL FEATURES














MODIFY REGIONAL FREE FIELD NAMES IN SITE DATABASE.
CURRENT NAME MEW NAME
sss=s======= ssssssssssss
C0491 C0491
C0492 C049Z
C0493 C0493
C0494 C0494
C0495 C0495
C0496 C0496
CW97 C0497
C0498 C0498

Save Leave





[ )






                      Exhibit 7-3 Site Regional Fields Data Screen

When the screen appears, the cursor is at the first field in the "New Name" column. Although
the existing field names are displayed in this column, they can be overwritten.  Type the new
field name and/or press < Enter > to move to the next field name.  Use the < Enter > key to
move to each field and make the necessary changes.

Pressing  < Enter >  at the last field name in the "New Name" column moves the cursor to the
status line, where "S" (for "Save") is the default option.  Press  to save the changed
field name(s). Entering "L" (for "Leave") displays the Regional Fields menu without saving the
change(s).

Data screens for the other database options on the Regional Fields menu function like the Site
regional fields data screen presented and described above. Entering "L" at the Regional Fields
menu status line displays the System Administration menu.

7.2   REGIONAL PROJECT MANAGERS

Several screens  in WasteLAN contain fields that activate a p°P'uP window of Regional Project
Manager (RPM) or Contact names and phone numbers.  The WasteLAN System Administrator
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
7-3

-------
 REGIONAL FEATURES


 can update the information in these windows using the "Regional Project Managers" option on
 the System Administration menu.

 Selecting option 6 on the  System Administration menu displays a screen showing the existing
 RPM names and phone numbers in the database.  Exhibit 7-4 presents an example of this screen.
 If no RPM names and phone numbers have been entered yet,  then the status line offers only
 "Add" and "Leave" options, and the screen displays the following message: THERE ARE NO
 REGIONAL PROJECT MANAGER RECORDS.

















MANAGER NAME PHONE NO.
BAKER (301) 555-1234
CHESTERFIELD (816) 555-2398
FRANCESE (404) 555-1996
KOOPHAK (516) 555-1672

Add Edit Delete Leave






[ ]







                     Exhibit 7-4  Regional Project Managers Screen

Entering "A" (for "Add") activates a blank field at the bottom left side of the screen. Type the
new RPM name and press  < Enter >. A blank phone number field appears at the bottom right
side of the screen.  Type the appropriate phone number and press < Enter >.  The newly added
RPM name and phone number appear in the display.

If more Regional Project Manager names exist than can be seen on the first screen, the status
line includes a "Forward"  option for accessing the next screen of RPM records. Subsequent
screens include a "Back" option on  the status line for returning to the previous screen.
                                WASTELAN SYSTEM
                             ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
    03/11/921
VERSION 4.0*

-------
                                                                   REGIONAL FEATURES
 To edit an existing RPM record on the current screen, enter "E" (for "Edit") at the status line.
 The system highlights the first record and displays the following prompt at the bottom of the
 screen: Use t or i - press < Enter > to select.  As the prompt indicates, use the < t > and
 < i > keys to move the light bar and highlight the desired record, and press the < Enter > key
 to select it.

 The cursor appears at the first character of the selected record. Make the necessary changes to
 the RPM name and/or press < Enter > to move the cursor to the phone number field.  Make
 the necessary changes and/or press < Enter >  to return the cursor to the status line.  The
 changes are automatically recorded and displayed.

 To delete an existing RPM record on the  current screen,  enter "D" (for "Delete") at the status
 line.  The system highlights the first record and displays the following prompt at the bottom of
 the screen:  Use t or  * - press < Enter >  to select.  As the prompt indicates, use the < t > and
 < 4 > keys to move the light bar and highlight the desired record, and press the < Enter > key
 to select it.  The system presents the following deletion prompt: PRESS Y TO DELETE [N].
 The default response is  "N" (for "No"),  so pressing   leaves the record unchanged.
 Type "Y" (for "Yes") and press < Enter > to delete the selected record.  The record disappears
 from  the display and the cursor returns to the status line.

 To exit the Regional Project Managers screen, enter "L" (for "Leave") at the status line.  The
 System Administration menu is displayed.

 7.3    NSI MAINTENANCE

 The WasteLAN System  Administrator can perform NSI maintenance to add, modify, or delete
 codes used in the Non-Site Specific module.  Selecting option 10 on the System Administration
 menu displays the NSI Maintenance menu illustrated in Exhibit 7-5.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
7-5

-------
 REGIONAL FEATURES














MFUll
1) UPDATE NON-SITE INCIDENT ACTIVITY COOES
2) UPDATE TARGET/ACCOMPLISHMENT ACTIVITY COOES
3) UPDATE BUDGET CONTROL TYPE COOES
4) UPDATE ADVICE OF ALLOWANCE TYPE CODES

ENTER SELECTION 1-4 Leave [ 1












                          Exhibit 7-5 NSI Maintenance Menu

Options on the NSI Maintenance menu provide access to the codes used in the various modules
contained within the Non-Site Specific  module.  Select an option by typing its corresponding
number and pressing  < Enter >.  Options on the NSI Maintenance Menu are described in
Sections 7.3.1 through 7.3.4.

7.3.1  Update Non-Site Incident Activity Codes

Selecting option  1 on the NSI Maintenance menu presents the screen used to update Non-Site
Incident (NSI) Activity codes. Exhibit  7-6 presents an example of this screen.
7-6
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                    REGIONAL FEATURES

















TYPE ACTIVITY NAME
AC ARCS CONTRACT MANAGEMENT
AN RD/RA NEGOTIATIONS
AR ADMINISTRATIVE RECORDS
AS PREREM, REHED AERIAL SUR
AU REMOVAL AERIAL SURVEY
CL COMBINED 106/107 LITIG
CR GENERIC COMMUNITY REL
CT CR TECH ASSIST GRANTS
DA GENERIC DESIGN ASSISTANCE
DI GENERIC Dl
EC ENFORCEMENT CONTINGENCY
EM STATE ENF MANAG ASSISTANCE
ER ERA OVERSIGHT AND CR

Forward Add Edit Delete Leave [ ]














                Exhibit 7-6  Non-Site Incident Activity Codes Update Screen

The screen displays a list of existing NSI activity types and their corresponding names.  When
the screen appears, the cursor is at the status line.  Options on the NSI activity code  update
screen are described below.

       Forward - if more activity types exist than can fit on one screen, use this option to access
              the next screen of activity codes.  Subsequent screens include a "Back" option for
              returning to the previous  screen.

       Add - used to add a new NSI activity code to the database.  Entering WA" displays blank
              type and name fields at the bottom of the screen.  Enter the two-character code
              of the new activity type; the cursor moves to the name field.  Enter the name of
              the new activity code.  The new code is added to the database; however, since
              the codes are alphabetized by type, the new code may not appear on  the current
              screen.  Use the "Forward" and/or "Back" options to access different screens.

       Edit - used to edit an existing NSI activity code on the current screen.  Entering "E"
              highlights the  first record on  the screen and  presents the following selection
              prompt at the bottom of the screen: Use  t or i - press < Enter > to select.  As
              the prompt indicates, use the < t >  and  < i >  keys to move the light bar and
              highlight the desired  record, and press the  key to select it.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
7-7

-------
 REGIONAL FEATURES
              The cursor moves to the  first character of the activity type code;  make  the
              necessary change(s) and/or press < Enter >  to move the cursor to the name field.
              Make the necessary change(s) to the activity name and/or press  < Enter >, The
              change is reflected immediately in the display, and the cursor returns to the  status
              line.

       Ztelete - used to delete an existing NSI activity code on the current screen. Entering "D"
              highlights the  first record on the screen and  presents the following  selection
              prompt at the bottom of the screen: Use t or i - press  < Enter> to select.  As
              the prompt indicates, use the < t > and < I > keys to move the light bar and
              highlight the desired record, and press the < Enter > key to select it.  The
              following deletion prompt  appears at the bottom of the screen:  PRESS Y TO
              DELETE IN].  The default response is "N" (for "No"), so pressing 
              leaves the record unchanged.   Type "Y" (for "Yes") and press < Enter> to
              delete the selected activity type. The record disappears from the screen and  the
              cursor returns to the status line.

       Leave - used to exit the Non-Site Incident Activity update screen.  Entering "L" displays
              the NSI Maintenance  Menu presented earlier in Exhibit 7-5.

7.3.2  Update Target/Accomplishment  Activity Codes

Option  2  on  the  NSI  Maintenance  menu  is  used  to  update  codes used  in  the
Targets/Accomplishments (T/A) portion  of  the Non-Site Specific  module of  WasteLAN.
Selecting this option presents  the T/A Activity Codes menu illustrated in Exhibit 7-7.
7-8
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                  REGIONAL FEATURES











"£•»"•'






1) PRE-REMED1AL
2) REMEDIAL
3) REMOVAL
4) ENFORCEMENT
5) LABORATORY PROGRAM
6) CEPP PROGRAM







ENTER SELECTION 1-6 Leave [ ]









                         Exhibit 7-7  T/A Activity Codes Menu

Options on this menu correspond to the program area options on the Targets/ Accomplishments
menu in the Non-Site Specific module.  Selecting an option on the T/A Activity Codes menu
presents the screen used to update T/A activity codes for that program area.  For example,
choosing option 1, "Pre-Remedial,"  displays  the  T/A - Pre-Remedial code update screen.
Exhibit 7-8 presents an example of this screen.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
7-9

-------
 REGIONAL FEATURES

















HENU ACTIVITY ACTIVITY REPORTED
NUMBER TYPE NAME BY SITE?
1 PA PA COMPLETION Y
2 1C SI CANDIDATES REQUIRING FURTHER ACTION Y
3 LA NPL SITES ADDRESSED TO DATE Y
4 SI SSI COMPLETION Y
5 LI LSI COMPLETION Y
6 HR HRS PACKAGE TO HO N
7 AD NPL SITE ADDITION Y
8 AM AERIAL SURVEY COMPLETION Y
9 LJ LSI START N

Add Edit Delete Leave [ ]














                   Exhibit 7-8  T/A -Pre-Remedial Codes Update Screen

The T/A  - Pre-Remedial update screen shows the existing T/A - Pre-Remedial activity type
codes and their corresponding full names.  The "Menu Number" column on the far left side of
the screen indicates in what order the activity types appear on the T/A - Pre-Remedial menu in
the Non-Site Specific module.

The "Reported by Site?" column on the far right side of the screen indicates whether a T/A -
Pre-Remedial activity type is reported  site-specifically.  A "Y" (for "Yes") indicates that the
activity type is reported site-specifically, and an "N" (for "No") indicates that the activity type
is not reported site-specifically.

When the screen appears, the cursor is at the status line.  Options on the T/A - Pre-Remedial
update screen are described below.

       Forward - if more activity types exist than can fit on one screen, use this option to access
              the next screen of activity codes. Subsequent screens include a "Back" option for
              returning to the previous screen.

       Add - used to add a new T/A - Pre-Remedial activity type to the database.  Entering "A"
              generates a menu  number at the bottom left side of the screen,  followed by a
7-10
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
    03/11/92.
VERSION 4.0*

-------
                                                                    REGIONAL FEATURES


              blank activity type field. Type the two-character code of the new activity type
              and press < Enter >; blank name and site reporting indicator fields appear.  Type
              the name of the new activity code and press < Enter >; the cursor moves to the
              site reporting indicator field. Type "Y" if the new activity type is to be reported
              site-specifically,  or  type  "N"  if  the  new  type  is  not  to  be  reported
              site-specifically; press < Enter >. The new activity type is added to the database
              and the cursor returns to the status line.

       Edit - used to edit an existing T/A - Pre-Remedial activity type on the current screen.
              Entering  "E" highlights  the  first record  on  the  screen and  presents  the
              following selection prompt at  the bottom of the screen:   Use t or  4  - press
              < Enter > to select.  As the prompt indicates, use the < t > and < 4 > keys to
              move the light bar and highlight the desired record, and press the < Enter > key
              to select it.

              The cursor moves to the first character of the type code;  make the  necessary
              change(s) and/or press  < Enter > to move the cursor to  the name field.  Make
              the necessary change(s) to the activity name and/or press < Enter >. The cursor
              moves to the site reporting indicator field; make the necessary change and/or
              press  . The change(s) appear(s) immediately in the display, and the
              cursor returns to the status  line.

       Delete - used to delete an existing T/A - Pre-Remedial activity  type on the current
              screen.    Entering  "D"   highlights the  first  record  in the   display  and
              presents the following selection prompt at the bottom of the  screen:  Use t or 4
              - press  to select. As the prompt indicates, use the  < t > and < 4 >
              keys to move the light bar and  highlight the desired record, and  press  the
              < Enter > key to select  it.  The following deletion prompt appears at the bottom
              of the screen:  PRESS Y TO DELETE [N]. The default response is "N" (for
              "No"), so pressing    leaves the  record unchanged.  Type "Ytt  (for
              "Yes") and press  to delete the selected record.  The record disappears
              from the display and the cursor returns to the status line.

       Leave - used to exit the T/A  - Pre-Remedial  activity update screen.  Entering  "L"
              displays the T/A Activity Codes menu presented earlier in Exhibit  7-7.
Update screens for the other T/A Activity program areas function like the T/A - Pre-Remedial
update screen presented and described above.  Entering "L" (for "Leave") at the T/A Activity
Codes menu displays the NSI Maintenance Menu (see Exhibit 7-5).
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
7-11

-------
 REGIONAL FEATURES
 7.3.3  Update Budget Control Type Codes

 Option 3 on the NSI Maintenance menu is used to update Budget Control type codes. Selecting
 this option displays the Budget Control Type Codes menu depicted in Exhibit 7-9.
                                   BUDGET CONTROL TYPE CODES
                                            MENU
                                   1) PROGRAM (OERR)

                                   2) ENFORCEMENT COUPE)
                                  ENTER SELECTION 1-2 Leave  C ]
                      Exhibit 7-9  Budget Control Type Codes Menu

Selecting either option on the Budget Control Type codes menu displays an update screen
showing existing codes; Exhibit 7-10 presents an example of the Budget Control - Program
update screen.
7-12
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.01

-------
                                                                 REGIONAL FEATURES

















MENU TYPE TYPE NON-SITE
NUMBER CODE NAME SPECIFIC?
1 PI PA/SI Y
2 ES EXPANDED SITE INSPECTION Y
3 ER EXPEDITED RESPONSE ACTION Y
4 CG CORE GRANTS Y
5 TG TECH ASSIST GRANTS (TAG) Y
6 RF RI/FS Y
7 OH OPERATIONS & MAINTENANCE Y
8 PS PROJECT SUPPORT Y
9 HR HEADQUARTERS REMEDIAL Y
10 HV HEADQUARTERS REMOVAL Y
11 PD RP RD OVERSIGHT Y
12 PA RP RA OVERSIGHT Y
13 AR ARCS MANAGEMENT Y

Forward Add Edit Delete Leave [ ]














               Exhibit 7-10 Budget Control - Program Codes Update Screen

The Budget Control - Program code update screen (shown above), and the Budget Control -
Enforcement code update screen (not pictured) function like the T/A Pre-Remedial activity type
update screen presented and described in Section 7.3.2. See Exhibit 7-8 and the accompanying
text for information on how the update screen operates.

7.3.4  Update Advice of Allowance Type Codes

Option 4 on the NSI Maintenance menu is used to update Advice of Allowance type codes.
Selecting this option presents the Advice of Allowance type codes menu shown in Exhibit 7-11.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
7-13

-------
 REGIONAL FEATURES














MFUU
1} PROGRAM (OERR)
2) ENFORCEMENT (OWPE)

ENTER SELECTION 1-2 Leave t ]












                  Exhibit 7-11 Advice of Allowance Type Codes Menu

Selecting either option on the Advice of Allowance type codes menu displays an update screen
showing existing codes; Exhibit 7-12 presents an example of the Advice of Allowance - Program
update screen.
7-14
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
    03/11/92,
VERSION 4.01

-------
                                                                 REGIONAL FEATURES

















MENU TYPE TYPE NON-SITE
NUMBER CODE NAME SPECIFIC?
1 RD REMEDIAL DESIGN Y
2 RA REMEDIAL ACTION N
3 RV REMOVAL ACTIONS Y
4 RM OTHER REMEDIAL • Y
5 RS RI/FS Y

Add Edit Delete Leave t 1














            Exhibit 7-12 Advice of Allowance - Program Codes Update Screen

The Advice of Allowance - Program code update screen (shown above), and the Advice of
Allowance - Enforcement code update screen (not pictured) function like the T/A Pre-Remedial
activity type update screen presented and described in Section 7.3.2.  See Exhibit 7-8 and the
accompanying text for information on how the update screen operates.

7.4    SUBEVENT/MILESTONE  CODES

Option 11 on the WasteLAN System Administration menu provides access to the screens used
to update  subevent codes and enforcement milestone codes.  Selecting this option presents a
menu from which to choose either subevent codes or milestone codes. Exhibit 7-13 presents an
example of this menu.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
7-15

-------
 REGIONAL FEATURES














HFHll
1} SUBEVENT COOES
2} MILESTONE COOES

ENTER SELECTION 1-2 Leave Quit [ )












                      Exhibit 7-13 Subevent/Milestone Codes Menu

Choose option 1 to update subevent codes, or option 2 to update milestone codes.  The sections
7.4.1 and 7.4.2 describe these options in detail.
     Important: The WasteLAN System Administrator can add, modify, or delete regional
     subevent  and milestone codes.   National  subevent  and  milestone codes  can be
     modified, but cannot be added or deleted. SCAP subevent and milestone codes cannot
     be modified, added, or deleted.
Regional and national subevent and milestone codes are distinguished as follows:

       •     Regional subevent code - consists of the letter X, Y,  or Z, followed by any
             number or letter.  Regional subevents which consist of X, Y, or Z, followed by
             a letter, such as XA,  may be designated to update the mainframe.  Regional
             subevents which consist of X, Y, or  Z, followed by a number, such as XI, may
             not be designated to update the mainframe.
7-16
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                   REGIONAL FEATURES


       •     National subevent code - consists of two letters, the first of which is not X, Y,
              or Z.

       •     Regional milestone code - consists of the letter X, Y, or Z, followed by any
              number or letter.  Regional milestones which consist of X, Y, or Z, followed by
              a letter, such as XA,  may be designated to update the mainframe.  Regional
              milestones which consist of X, Y, or Z, followed by a number, such as XI, may
              not be designated  to update the mainframe.

       •     National milestone code - consists of two letters, the first of which is not X, Y,
              or Z.

 7.4.1  Subevent Codes

 Entering "1" the Subevent/Milestone Codes menu presents the Subevent Codes update screen.
 Exhibit 7-14 illustrates this screen.

















SUB- MULT-
EVENT EVENT DESCRIPTION UPLOAD SCAP CORPS IPLE ORDER
CO FK FS WORKPLAH APPROVED Y N N N 018
CO FP RI UORKPLAN APPROVED Y N N N 028
CO FW RI/FS FIELD WORK COMPLETE Y N N N 031
CO HI FINAL HEALTH & SAFETY PLA N N NY 013
CO H2 DOO MEETING N N N Y OH
CO H3 DRAFT UORKPLAN N N N Y 015
CO H4 FINAL WOfiKPLAN N N N Y 016
CO H5 HO UORKPLAK APPROVAL N N NY 017
CO H6 LAST CLP DATA N N NY 019
CO H7 WORKPLAN PUBLIC MEETING N N N Y 020
CO H8 EPIC REPORT N N N Y 021
CO H9 NATL RESOURCE OMG ASSESS N N K Y 022
CO 11 LAST ESD OVERSIGHT K N N Y 023

forward Back Add Edit Delete Leave [ ]














                       Exhibit 7-14 Subevent Codes Update Screen

The "Event" column on the far left side of the screen indicates the event with which the subevent
is associated.  This  column is  followed  by the "Subevent"  code and  its corresponding
"Description".
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
7-17

-------
 REGIONAL FEATURES


 The "Upload" column denotes whether the subevent is uploaded to the CERCLIS mainframe.
 The "SCAP" column specifies whether the subevent is flagged for SCAP reporting.  On color
 monitors, subevents designated for SCAP reporting appear in yellow type on the Subevent Codes
 update screen.

 The "Corps" column denotes whether the subevent is to be downloaded from CERCLIS to the
 Army Corps of Engineers system (CleanLAN). The "Multiple"  column is used  for regional
 subevents, i.e.,  subevents not uploaded to CERCLIS.  A "Y"  in this column activates the
 feature, which uses the last digit of the subevent code in conjunction with a sequence number
 to allow multiple occurrences of the same subevent type for one event.

 When a regional subevent type is entered for an event, the last digit of the subevent code is "1,"
 and the  system assigns a sequence number of 001.  The second occurrence of the same subevent
 type for the same event will have the exact same subevent code (including "1" as the last digit),
 but the  sequence number will be 002.  This pattern continues for up to 999 occurrences of the
 same subevent type for the same event.  Then, if another occurrence of the same subevent type
 is entered for the same event,  the last digit of the subevent code increases by one, the sequence
 number reverts to 001, and the pattern begins again. The last digit has a maximum value of 99
 if "Multiple" in Exhibit 7-14 is set to Yes and a maximum value of 9 if "Multiple"  is  set to No.

 The "Order" column indicates in what position the  subevent type appears in the  "shell" of
 applicable subevent types. In other words, when the Subevents screen is accessed from an Event
 Summary screen, and the "Add" option is selected, the system generates a listing  (or shell) of
 subevent types that are valid for the corresponding  event  type; the "Order" column on the
 Subevent Codes update screen specifies where in this listing the subevent type will appear.

 When the Subevent Codes update screen appears, the  cursor is at the status line.  Select an
 option by typing its corresponding highlighted letter and pressing  < Enter >.  Options on the
 Subevent Codes update screen are described below.

      Forward - more subevent types exist than can fit on one screen; use this option to access
             the next screen of subevent types.  Subsequent screens include a "Back" option
             for returning to the previous screen.

      Add - used to add a new regional subevent type to the database. Entering "A" displays
             blank fields under the "Event" and "Subevent" columns at the bottom left side of
             the screen.   Type the two-character code of the  event with  which the new
             subevent type will be associated and press < Enter >. The cursor moves to the
             subevent type field; type the new subevent code and press < Enter >.
7-18
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                   REGIONAL FEATURES
     Important:  The first character of a new regional subevent code must be the letter X,
     Y, or Z; entering any other character displays the following message at the bottom of
     the screen:  SUBEVENT CODE X_, Y_, Z_ ONLY.  The second character can be
     any letter or number, but only subevents with a letter as the second character can be
     uploaded to CERCLIS.
       Type an appropriate description for the new subevent code and press  < Enter >.

              •     If the subevent is valid for update to the mainframe, (the first character
                    is X, Y, or Z, and the second character is a letter) the cursor moves to the
                    field at the bottom of the  "Upload" column, where the default entry is
                    "N," indicating that the new subevent type is a regional subevent that will
                    not be uploaded to the mainframe. Type "Y" and press < Enter > if the
                    new activity type  is to be uploaded to the mainframe, or press  < Enter >
                    if the new type is not to be uploaded.

                    The cursor bypasses  the field at the bottom of the "SCAP" column and
                    moves to the field at the bottom of the "Corps" column.  The default entry
                    is "N," indicating that the corps feature (described earlier in this section)
                    is not active.  Press < Enter > to leave the corps feature inactive for the
                    new subevent type, or type "Y" and press < Enter > to activate the corps
                    feature for the new subevent type.

                    The cursor moves to the field at the bottom of the "Multiple" column.
                    The default entry is "N," indicating  that the multiple occurrence feature
                    (described earlier in this section) is not active.  Press < Enter > to leave
                    the multiple occurrence feature inactive for the new subevent type, or type
                    "Y" and press < Enter > to activate the multiple occurrence  feature for
                    the new subevent type.

                    The cursor moves to the field at the bottom of the "Order" column.  Type
                    a number to specify where the new subevent type will appear in the shell
                    (described earlier in this section) and press < Enter >. The new subevent
                    type is added to the database and the cursor returns to the status line.

              •     If the  subevent is not valid for upload to the  mainframe,  the cursor
                    bypasses the fields at the bottom  of the  "Upload" and "SCAP" columns
                    and moves to the field at the bottom of the "Corps" column. The default
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
7-19

-------
 REGIONAL FEATURES
                     entry is "N," indicating that the corps feature (described earlier in this
                     section) is not active. Press < Enter > to leave the corps feature inactive
                     for the new subevent type, or type "Y" and press < Enter > to activate
                     the corps feature for the new subevent type.

                     The cursor moves to the field at the bottom of the "Multiple" column.
                     The default entry  is "N," indicating that the multiple occurrence  feature
                     (described earlier in this section) is not active. Press  < Enter > to leave
                     the multiple occurrence feature inactive for the new subevent type,  or type
                     "Y" and press  < Enter > to activate the multiple occurrence feature for
                     the new subevent type.

                     The cursor moves to the field at the bottom of the "Order" column. Type
                     a number to specify where the new subevent type will appear in the shell
                     (described earlier in this section) and press < Enter >. The new subevent
                     type is  added to the database and the cursor returns to the status line.
     Note'.  Subevent types are organized alphabetically by event code in the Subevent
     Codes update display; therefore, the newly added subevent type may not appear on
     the current screen. Use the "Forward" and/or "Back" options to access other screens
     and locate the newly added subevent type.
Rlit - used to edit a subevent type on the current screen. All fields except event and subevent
       may be edited.  Note:  "Descriptions "  of national subevent types should not be edited
       •without explicit  direction from EPA Headquarters.   SCAP subevent type descriptions
       cannot be edited.

       Entering "E" highlights the first subevent type on the screen and presents the following
       selection prompt at the bottom of the screen:  Use t or 4 - press < Enter > to select.
       As the prompt indicates,  use the  < t > and < i > keys to move the light bar and
       highlight the desired subevent type, and press < Enter >  to select it.

       When a subevent is selected, the cursor moves to the first character of the description;
       make the necessary change(s) and/or press < Enter > to move to the next field.  Use the
       < Enter > key  to move to each field and make the necessary  change(s).  Pressing
       < Enter > at the Order field records the change(s) and returns  the cursor to the status
       line.

Delete - used  to delete  a  regional  subevent type.   National  (including SCAP) subevents
7-20
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                REGIONAL FEATURES
       cannot be deleted.  Entering "D" highlights the first record in the current screen and
       presents the following selection prompt at the bottom of the screen:  Use T or i - press
        to select.  As the prompt indicates, use the  < t > and  < i >  keys to move
       the light bar and highlight the  desired subevent type, and press the < Enter >  key to
       select it. Selecting a national subevent type displays the following message at the bottom
       of the screen: NATIONAL SUBEVENTS CANNOT BE DELETED.

       Selecting a regional subevent presents the following deletion prompt at the bottom of the
       screen:   PRESS Y TO DELETE [N].   The default response is  "N" (for "No"), so
       pressing  leaves  the subevent type  unchanged.  Type "Y" (for "Yes") and
       press  to delete the selected subevent type. The subevent type disappears from
       the display and the cursor returns to the  status line.

Leave - used  to  exit  the  Subevent  Codes update  screen.    Entering  "L"  displays  the
       Subevent/Milestone Codes menu. Note:  If several changes were made in the Subevent
       Codes update screen, the following message appears at the bottom  of the  screen  before
       the Subevent/Milestone Codes menu appears:  UPDATING SUBEVENT ORDER.
7.4.2  Milestone Codes

Entering "2" the Subevent/Milestone Codes menu presents the Milestone Codes update screen.
Exhibit 7-15 illustrates this screen.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
7-21

-------
 REGIONAL FEATURES

















EH FOR- MULT-
MENT TYPE DESCRIPTION UPLOAD SCAP CORPS 1PLE ORDER
AC AA ACTIVITY AMENDED Y N N N 001
AC CB COST RECOVERY BILL SENT Y N N N 002
AC CO COST RECOVERY PAYMENT REC Y N N N 003
AC CP COST RECOVERY PAYMENT DUE Y N N N 004
AC ED EFFECTIVE DATE Y N N N 005
AC IL INFO REO LTRS ISSUED, (10 Y N N N 006
AC NI NOTICE LETTERS ISSUED Y N N N 007
AC OW OUPE CONCURRENCE Y N N N 008
AC RJ PCKGE REFERRED TO DOJ Y N N N 009
AN AP CONSENT DECREE APRVED BY Y N N N 001
AN DL DEMAND LETTERS ISSUED Y N N N 002
AN IL INFO REQ LTRS ISSUED, (10 Y N N N 003
AN KI NOTICE LETTERS ISSUED Y N N N 004

Forward Add Edit Delete Leave [ ]














                      Exhibit 7-15  Milestone Codes Update Screen

The "Enforcement" column on the far left side of the screen indicates the enforcement activity
with which the milestone is associated.  This column is followed by the milestone "Type" and
its corresponding "Description".

The "Upload" column denotes whether the milestone is uploaded to the CERCLIS mainframe.
The "SCAP" column specifies whether the milestone is flagged for SCAP reporting.  On color
monitors, milestones designated for SCAP reporting appear  in yellow type on the Milestone
Codes update screen.  The "Corps" column denotes whether the milestone is to be downloaded
from CERCLIS to the Army Corps of Engineers system (CleanLAN). The  "Multiple" column
is not currently used; likewise, the  "Order" column  is not currently used.

When the Milestone Codes update  screen appears, the  cursor is at the status line. Select an
option by typing its corresponding highlighted  letter and pressing < Enter >.  Options on the
Milestone Codes update screen are described below.

      Forward - more milestone types exist than can fit on one screen; use this option to access
                    the next screen of milestone types.  Subsequent screens include a "Back"
                    option for returning  to the previous screen.
7-22
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                   REGIONAL FEATURES
       Add - used to add a new regional enforcement activity to the database.  Entering "A"
                     displays blank fields under the "Enforcement" and "Type" columns at the
                     bottom  left side  of the screen.   Type the two-character code of the
                     enforcement activity with which the new milestone type will be associated
                     and press < Enter > .  The cursor moves to the milestone type field; type
                     the new milestone code and press < Enter >.
     Important:  The first character of a new regional milestone code must be the letter X,
     Y, or Z; entering any other character displays the following message at the bottom of
     the screen:  MILESTONE CODE X_, Y_, Z_ ONLY. The second character can be
     any letter or number, but only milestones with a letter as the second character can be
     uploaded to CERCLIS.
              Type an appropriate description for the new milestone code and press < Enter >.

              •     If the milestone is valid for update to the mainframe, (the first character
                    is X, Y, or Z, and the second character is a letter) the cursor moves to the
                    field at the bottom of the "Upload" column, where the default entry is
                    "N," indicating that the new milestone type is a regional milestone that
                    will not be uploaded to the mainframe. Type "Y" and press < Enter>
                    if the new milestone type is to be uploaded to the mainframe, or press
                    < Enter > if the new type is not to be uploaded.

                    The cursor bypasses the field at the bottom of the "SCAP" column and
                    moves to the field at the bottom of the "Corps" column. The default entry
                    is "N," indicating that the corps feature (described earlier in this section)
                    is not active.  Press < Enter > to leave the corps feature inactive for the
                    new subevent type, or type "Y" and press < Enter > to activate the corps
                    feature for the new milestone type.

                    The cursor moves to the field at the bottom of the "Multiple" column
                    which  is currently inactive.

                    The cursor moves to the field at the bottom of the "Order" column. Type
                    a number to specify where the new milestone type will appear in the shell
                    (described  earlier in this  section)  and  press  < Enter >.   The  new
                    milestone type is added to the database and the cursor returns to the status
                    line.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
7-23

-------
 REGIONAL FEATURES
                     If the milestone is  not valid for upload to  the  mainframe, the cursor
                     bypasses the fields at the bottom of the "Upload" and "SCAP" columns
                     and moves to the field at the bottom of the "Corps" column. The default
                     entry is "N," indicating that the corps feature (described earlier in this
                     section) is not active. Press < Enter > to leave the corps feature inactive
                     for the new milestone type, or type "Y" and press < Enter > to activate
                     the corps feature for the new milestone type.

                     The cursor moves to the field at the bottom of  the "Multiple" column
                     which is currently inactive.

                     The cursor moves to the field at the bottom of the  "Order" column.  Type
                     a number to specify where the new milestone type will appear in the shell
                     (described earlier  in  this section) and  press < Enter >.   The  new
                     milestone type is added to the database and the cursor returns to the status
                     line.
     Note:  Milestone types are organized alphabetically by event code in the Milestone
     Codes update display; therefore, the  newly added milestone type may not appear on
     the current screen. Use the "Forward" and/or "Back" options to access other screens
     and locate the newly added milestone type.
Edit - used to edit a milestone type on the current screen.  All fields except enforcement activity
       and milestone type may be edited.  Note: "Descriptions' of national milestone types
       should not be edited without explicit direction from EPA Headquarters. SCAP subevent
       type descriptions cannot be edited.

       Entering "E" highlights the first milestone type on the screen and presents the following
       selection prompt at the bottom of the screen:  Use t or i - press  < Enter> to select.
       As  the prompt indicates, use the < t > and  < \ > keys to move the light bar and
       highlight the desired milestone type, and press < Enter > to select it.

       When a milestone is selected, the cursor moves to the first character of the description;
       make the necessary change(s) and/or press   to move to the next field.  Use the
       < Enter > key to move to each field  and  make the necessary change(s).  Pressing
       < Enter > at the Order field records the change(s) and returns the cursor to the status
       line.
7-24
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                  REGIONAL FEATURES
 Delete - used to delete a regional milestone type.  National subevents can be deleted; SCAP
       subevents cannot be deleted.  Entering "D" highlights the first record in the current
       screen and presents the following selection prompt at the bottom of the screen:  Use  t
       or i - press  to select.  As the prompt indicates, use the < t > and < i >
       keys to  move  the light bar and  highlight the desired milestone  type, and press the
       < Enter > key to select it.

       Selecting a regional milestones presents the following deletion prompt at the bottom of
       the screen:  PRESS Y TO DELETE [N]. The default response is "N" (for "No"), so
       pressing < Enter> leaves the milestone  type unchanged.  Type "Y" (for "Yes") and
       press < Enter >  to delete the selected milestone type.  The milestone type disappears
       from the display and the cursor returns to the status line.

 Leave - used  to exit  the  Milestone  Codes update screen.    Entering "L"  displays the
       Subevent/Milestone Codes menu.  Note: If several  changes were made in the Milestone
       Codes update screen,  the following message appears at the bottom of the screen before
       the Subevent/Milestone Codes menu appears:  UPDATING MILESTONE ORDER.
7.5    MASS GENERATION

Option 13 on the WasteLAN System Administration menu provides access to routines that enable
the user to audit site information and automatically change data.  The Mass Generation routines
may be run for NPL sites only, non-NPL sites only, or both NPL and non-NPL sites.  Once the
user has chosen the site type, the system creates temporary files and indexes.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
7-25

-------
 REGIONAL FEATURES

Main Henu U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
02/20/92 Mass Generation Routines Ver. 11/15/91





FSS/FSC Generation
Past Planned Date Adjustment
Planned Obligation Adjustment
Remedial Pipeline Generation
Return





                       Exhibit 7-16  Mass Generation Main Menu

Mass Generation contains four routines: FSS/FSC Generation, Past Planned Date Adjustment,
Past Planned Obligation Adjustment, and Remedial Pipeline Generation.  Of the four routines,
only  two are currently available; they are FSS/FSC Generation and Past Planned  Date
Adjustment. Past Planned Obligation Adjustment and Remedial Pipeline Generation will return
the message "This option is unavailable at this time" when an attempt is made to execute these
routines. Return takes the user back to the System Administration Menu.

7.5.1  FSS/FSC Generation Routine

First/Subsequent Start (FSS) and First/Subsequent Completion (FSC) are CERCLIS data base
elements used to track events which  count as valid plans and  accomplishments for SCAP
reporting.  These codes are currently entered  manually.  Updating the codes can  be time
consuming  and tedious due to the number of events which  must be changed:  when the codes
for one event  are changed, the codes  for all associated events must also be updated.   Data
quality problems arise due to the significant amount of data entry and the complicated updating
process.  The FSS/FSC Generation Routine, based on programmatic guidance, will generate FSS
and FSC values and alleviate the burden of manual data entry.

This routine has three options:  The "FSS/FSC Audit Report" shows the user what  changes
should be made to the FSS/FSC codes; the "Site Exception List" allows the user to identify
7-26
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                    REGIONAL FEATURES


 anomaly sites which should not be modified; and the "FSS/FSC Generation Routine" modifies
 the data for a site and generates a report.  These options are described below:

 FSS/FSC Audit Report:  This report identifies events that require modification to the FSS code
       or the FSC code because of incorrect or missing values.  The report also displays the
       codes that would be generated by the generation routine, the sites requiring modification
       which would not be changed, and the reason that these sites would  not be changed.   A
       sample of the FSS/FSC Generation Audit Report is given in Exhibit 7-18.
     Note: If two events have identical actual start or actual completion dates, and if these
     two events are the earliest or the latest of that event type, the codes for that site can
     not be system generated.
FSS/FSC Site Exclusion List:  Choosing this option produces the current Site Exclusion List.
       The user can now add and/or delete sites from the list.  Exhibit 7-17 shows the Site
       Exclusion pop-up window.
















Site Exclusion
02/21/92


SiTENAHE

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
Mass Generation Routines Ver. 11/15/91

Choose a Site for Exclusion:
REF # EPA ID

Site Pop- up




A 1 f JMATERIALS/CREEMUP • : i OK34 v 1UJ9B0397Q79
ACHE SOLVENT RECLAIMING INC 00357 1LD053219259
ADAMS COUNTY OU1NCY LDFL SITE #2 & 00656 1LD980607055
ADAMS PLATING
02388 MID006522791
ADRIAN MUNICIPAL UELL FIELD 03898 MND980904023
AGATE LAKE SCRAP YARD 03896 HND980898068
ALBION SHERIDAN TWP LDFL 02775 HID9&0504450
ALGOMA HUN I LDFL
05095 WID980610380
ALLIED CHEM & 1RONTON COKE 04336 OH0043730217
ALLIED CORP KALAMAZOO PLT 02325 H1D006007306
ALSCO ANACONDA
04385 OKD057243610

















                  Exhibit 7-17 FSS/FSC Site Exclusion Pop-up Window
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
7-27

-------
 REGIONAL FEATURES


       Add Sites:  There are two methods used to add sites to the Site Exclusion List.  The user
              may press , display the "Choose a site for the Exclusion List"  pop-up
              window,  highlight the desired site and press < ENTER > to exclude the site.

       Delete Sites:  To delete a site from the Site Exclusion List, highlight the site and press
FSS/FSC Generation Routine: This option modifies the FSS code or the FSC code in WasteLAN
       as indicated in the FSS/FSC Audit Report, excluding those sites indicated in  the Site
       Exclusion List.  A "FSS/FSC Generation Report" is also generated by this option as a
       record of changes that have been made to WasteLAN.

7.5.2  Past Planned Date Adjustment

Events with planned dates prior to the current date are constant problems in CERCLIS. This
data quality problem creates significant difficulties in  tracking major  events and  activities.
Updating the slipped dates can be a tedious and time consuming job.  The Past Planned Date
Adjustment routine is designed to identify and, if desired, update these occurrences.

The Past Planned Date Adjustment routine has two options.  The Audit Report presents a listing
of the Past Planned Date Adjustment candidates.  The Generation Routine modifies the dates and
generates a printed report.

Past Planned Date Adjustment Audit Report:  This report identifies events which have planned
       start dates or planned completion dates past a specified date. The report also identifies
       planned financial records belonging to those events with a planned financial date past the
       specified date.  The user may select the beginning, middle or end  of the current FYQ or
       future FYQ as the date to which the records will be adjusted. The Audit report displays
       the  records with their  current dates and the dates that would be generated by the
       adjustment  routine.  A sample of the Past Planned Start/Completion Adjustment Audit
       report is given in Exhibit 7-19.

Past Planned Date Adjustment Generation  Routine:  This option  modifies the  events in
       WasteLAN as indicated  in the  Past Planned Date Adjustment  Audit Report.  A "Past
       Planned Date Adjustment Audit Trail" is also generated by this  option as a record of
       changes that have been made to WasteLAN.
7-28
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                          REGIONAL FEATURES
8
                      S
                      ce
                      a:
                      Ui
^s

si
ss




«j
«

i—
z
UI
>-
o
B.
Z
ut
CE
1




8
g
3
U) >—
ee fie
U 0£
u «~
< o
P < O ui
LJ _> — i K-
UJ ul 1— *C
!-!—«*-
o in ac in
ee < ui
o. 3 z a
UI O
_J 13 U.
1- U
Z U>
UJ u.
«• tl^
z en
o in
z
ui
en
3





















St?J
*~ CO

x, *•

03/11/92
VERSION





in
UI
|w
i


u
S£
Sin
s: in
U u.
U
in u.
UI
§2
S
t— *
U O
a.
u

z£
3s
a. a.
u

UI
>j_
GS
* j_
in
UJ


o.
en
ss
5S

S
a
3












i

UI
10




a

J
u
J|£

il.
UJ
IX

4.0
t

u
X
UI
Q

UI
1/9







CB 0 ej U


a> o u u
s is a a
fsi h- « «*
«- O •- CM
X^ X» "X X«
CM h* N- ^
•- 0 0 O

X. X. X X.
X. X. X. X


X, x^ >^ X
•- 5 o M
rvi eo ho *$•
«- 0 0 0
X. X, -X X


X. X. X. X.




^ fM PO ^J
oc a: ee ee
O O O o
o O O o



j^

z
UI
X,
. 10 o-
o o o o
O* Q* PO V^
X, X X X X, X
o o o ^
M M PO fn
X X X X X X
e> o XI Ki
O o o o

SPO C>
CO O-
X X X X X X
•^ %!• ft
**v "X *X Xi X» **^
in in pn
o o o
0 K)
o> &•
X X X X X X
«- o

X X X X X X
S S




in o O O a <
u. u oe tt K ac
o •- O *-•—•—
o o o o o o

u
z
_J
u
£
UI
oe
_j
5

en
* 9C
* t-
{ g :
j - :
* in
* S
°g i
ee S i
ui pn
z CM :
Sri '
°

3
^*
•<* in


§<
o
WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
o —

S u
t-"
oc
yt ui
UJ >
-< O
a. ui
§^
<
»~







UJ CD « < < <


B UJ < <. <
S
X. X, X. X. X. X.
a
X X X, X. X Xi
o
*—
€"° 5£
X X
M K> fO PO ft IO
X X X, X, -X X,
2i 5! S S S S

§ § 5
X X X X X. X.
Os O^ O*
5-- CM rj
^^ ^^ ^^ ^K ^^ ^*

o •- o
»X ^ -V. ^ -^ ^

W Kl K>
" " s " is s
^
t- >
>- oe


> > 5 O S <
ee te u ee ee ee
o o •-«-«-»-
0 O O 0 O 0







»>x
u

X
Sir
1 ^
1 bk
. 3
:
Z
E <
gui
a
ic 5)
J S*

9 S
O1
t O*
o
_J
**
^,
\f\
in
§



                                              5

                                              1
                                              O
                                              u
                                              00
                                              jo


                                               X
                                              W
                                         7-29

-------
REGIONAL FEATURES
                    «s P»»
                    Sg E555
                    |= R38SS

                    -ff (JESS*
                    gg fiSR^K
                  s S- bsjs:-
                   • 2* Is Is*

                   ! S(i |«...

                    «= I52S2

                    *" ii5S

                   III SSli
                   S3  Immnm
              s  ^
                        II1S
                        !CCC
                        IIMrg IM
-?   1

5 I   I
  a   5 -» ^ i1**. ^ x. -s,
§_!«  3fc" !»»»«
S";    a I
ISSK    s bft.ft
"IS    s L
rf S^     UJ ^ •- ^ *—
55     £ ifiSS
| *     3 C555

i i
                        3-.S-.
                         $l|
                         »g-
                        a-"-
                        S U«M

                         ;ss
                        • 52:
                      • MJIQM IM
                      «. pCCS
                      tt tessl
                                                                         t/3
                                                                         r*
                                                                         **
                                                                         IS

                                                                         x
                                                                         ffl
7-30
              WASTELAN SYSTEM

           ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
    03/11/92

VERSION 4.0

-------
      WASTELAN
SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION
       MANUAL
      CHAPTER 8
  UPLOAD MENU
        03/11/92
      VERSION 4.0
        FINAL

-------

-------
                                                                    UPLOAD MENU
                       CHAPTERS:  UPLOAD MENU

 Data transfer between WasteLAN and CERCLIS is one of the most  important responsibilities
 of the WasteLAN System Administrator (see Chapter 3,  Section 3.2).  Regular uploads and
 downloads are  the  primary  means of keeping the WasteLAN and  CERCLIS databases
 synchronized. In addition, the Automated WasteLAN/Mainframe Compare function should be
 performed annually or semiannually to analyze the two databases and locate discrepancies.

 The Upload Menu in the WasteLAN System Administration  module provides  the functions
 necessary to complete WasteLAN data  transfer.   This data transfer includes  uploads of
 WasteLAN data to  CERCLIS,  downloads of  financial data  from  the Integrated Financial
 Management System (IFMS) through CERCLIS to WasteLAN, and downloads of data from the
 United States Army Corps of Engineers  (USAGE,  COE, or Corps) through  CERCLIS to
 WasteLAN.  The Upload Menu  also includes  an  option  for executing  the  Automated
 WasteLAN/Mainframe Compare function.

 To access the Upload Menu, first log in to WasteLAN to display the main menu (see Chapter
 4, Section 4.1.1  for  WasteLAN  access procedures).    Then,  select  option 9,  "System
 Administration." The System Administration menu appears, as illustrated in Exhibit 8-1.














MF Ml 1
1) USER INFORMATION 8) REPORT MENU
2) UNLOCK RECORDS 9) ADD NEWS ALERTS
3) RE- INDEX DATABASES 10) NSI MAINTENANCE MENU
A) DATABASE DIRECTORY 11) SUBEVENT/MILESTONE COOES
5) REGIONAL FIELDS 12) LINKS BATCH ROUTINE
6) REGIONAL PROJECT MANAGERS 13) MASGEN
7) UPLOAD MENU

ENTER SELECTION 1-13 Leave t )












                       Exhibit 8-1  System Administration Menu
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
8-1

-------
 UPLOAD MENU


 Selecting option 7 on the System Administration menu displays the Upload Menu.  Exhibit 8-2
 presents the Upload Menu.














HFUII
1} ADD/EDIT/DELETE REJECTED RECORDS
2) RESET REJECTED RECORDS
(.11) 3} UPLOAD UASTELAN
( / / ) 4) INTEGRATE IFHS AND SEQUENCE NUMBER DATA
( / / ) 5) INTEGRATE NS1 IFHS AND SEQUENCE NUMBER DATA
( / / ) 6) INTEGRATE NON-SITE INCIDENT DATA
( / / ) 7) INTEGRATE USACE DATA
( / / ) 8) AUTOMATED UASTELAN/MAINFRAHE COMPARE

ENTER SELECTION 1-8 Leave [ ]












                               Exhibit 8-2 Upload Menu

Options on this menu are used to execute upload, download, and database compare operations.
The remainder of this chapter details the procedures involved in these data transfer operations.

8.1    UPLOAD

WasteLAN data should be uploaded to CERCLIS at least once a week; the timing of the upload
may vary.   Normally, to prevent duplicates of financial records from being created on the
mainframe, an upload of WasteLAN on  Friday may be executed only after the download of
financial data from the Integrated Financial Management System (IFMS) has occurred.  For
example, if the upload is initiated on Thursday, the file must be transferred and integrated into
the mainframe before 8:00 p.m. on Thursday night. If the file is not transferred and integrated
before 8:00 p.m. on Thursday, then you must wait until after the IFMS download has occurred
on Friday.  However, as of March, 1989,  IFMS transfers to CERCLIS have been discontinued.

Several steps are involved in executing the upload process.  Exhibit 3-2, shown in Chapter 3,
presents an overview  of the upload process.   The following  paragraphs describe  the steps
involved in the upload process.
8-2
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                        UPLOAD MENU
 8.1.1  Edit Check Reports

 Edit check reports should be printed and reviewed before the upload is initiated in order to locate
 and correct data discrepancies.  This precaution reduces the potential for records to reject during
 the upload.

 The regional Information Management Coordinator (IMC) completes the pre-upload edit checks.
 The IMC typically uses mainframe SCAP reports or the WasteLAN  NPL Site Summary to
 conduct edit checks of WasteLAN data.  In addition, the WasteLAN System Administration
 menu includes a Report Menu option that provides access to several edit check reports:

       •     Matching Planned Obligation

       •     Matching Actual Obligation

       •     Missing ACN/DCN Numbers

 The WasteLAN System Administration menu also includes a Links Batch Routine which checks
 sites that have not  been  previously been checked for circular and multi-headed links.

 Chapter 9 of this manual provides brief descriptions of these reports. The WasteLAN Reports
 Library contains more detailed information and examples of these reports.

 8.1.2  Add/Edit/Delete Rejected Records

 Records that are rejected during an upload need to be corrected before the next upload.  The
 "Add/Edit/Delete Rejected Records" option on the Upload Menu is used in conjunction with the
 CERCLIS Audit Report to create a temporary rejected record database.   The records in this
 temporary database must then be reset using the "Reset Rejected Records" option on the Upload
 Menu (see Section  8.1.3).  This option prepares the rejected records to be included in the next
 upload.

 Records that are rejected during an upload are listed on the CERCLIS Audit Report. This report
 is generated by  the mainframe and sent electronically to the region after an upload.  Exhibit 8-3
 presents an example of the CERCLIS Audit Report.  Caret symbols O appear below the data
 elements that need  to be checked and/or corrected before running the next upload.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
8-3

-------
 UPLOAD MENU

Ul
"•










II
a. <
CO
z?
U4

UJ QC
* U.
3 O
1-
UJ
ae








SS



UJ UJ
< £
g
z
3
I
V)
X
*-
to
UJ
_, z'
I Sfe
u. o
5 u £
s =5
— 1 CM
U < (M
_l 00
Ifl CM <
UJ > <
t- O K <
U. » — CM <
o « i> <
: SffJ
_l «. — O <
S: zgJ
— - U o <
X - UJ O <
lu - i- I <
u -
u
UJ
=
* i
< z
t-
u v> «-
5 — o
§ "*•
in o


o o o «»
~ S«»
sr o «*


28 S*»
— =- ru
>- •* •-
1- Kl O «»
3K1 »- •-

















CM
1
uj o
M CM
HAT CONCAT
HOD98074191


3
o

I
^
ru
<8

Ul

u z
e<














•



S
S
a
u
UJ
J
<
v>
X
Ul

z

8"


o
z
z
u
'
Kl
§
TK
a:
X
u
en
en
X
Ul
-1 Z
6 SS
	 a oc
U, UjK
o S Vo
5 u> to
U < M
—i a o
en tsj
a in
Ul "" >
t- o oe
in - z o
O - ^
- u co
|: If

u
UJ
1s
* s
P <
< Z
V UJ
0 W •-
	 o
(/> - O^
	 0
i> > 43

%o r--
o a
= S
s s
o o -j-

£8 5
	 — M
UJ O O
>- ^ ^
>- Kl O
3 fM >- CM














•

-1
CM < —
O < Of
O < UJ
§<
< z
t~ »- < 10
< »» < —
u iJS < x
Sao < ui
o < z
u «o < o
o> < z
1— o <
x§: s
i- ac
•** o

o <

§ e
> a.
CM UJ
ft-

23> Ki
O O K>
CO Kl U
1— O
u* ex.
9* H
o
»—
5
u
in
X

UJ
_1
5
u
u-
Ul
o
t—
u
_J
in
UJ
in
u.
O
HEM1CAL
u
u
UJ
z
u-
*
u
*
u
o

=
5

§
f
«
I
*
S:
!
£'
UJ
UJ <
a. <
>- 1
>- c
D c









z
5§
»
?~
si
•V- ^
J
^e
85

l/> <

C5
CONCAT KE\
t M00981715<
X -1

,_
2


«- UJ
0 X
r, 5
p- ~j
z g

} Ul CO
i =5
§ s^
"% ^fr
M K- O
M X M














•

en
en
X
|
UJ
DC
<
U
i
_j
<
«
>-
*
*

o
t-
0.
f


o
o
ui
CM


o »
_J
_J
1—
5
X
1
X
_, z
5 2|
if »
Z •**
UJ UJ N-
•— ^ ^
^ S!
3 UJ Kl
U < CVJ
-J Q O
in CM <
* 8
in
CVJ
O 31
UJ >
*~ ° o
en z o
u. — IA
u. S-
a «o
u x o
u
u
UJ
=
_ s
§ s
u —
< z
N. Z
* ^
u en •-
	 o
S e>
> 5 CO

&e r-
o a
1C *
£ S

§ o


>- •* *-
t- Kl O
3 rv >- CM
< *» ^
















rv
S

uj r-
M -O
MAT CONCAT
MO"Q098171'
,_




5
g
fM


UJ
>-
s
u z
Q <








"5.
(8
•c
«
Di
•5
U
U
m
M 0°
,•— ^j
2 S
S rg
g tu
UJ
z
u
3
g


s


X
H-
g
3

o
*
u
'
52
8-4
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                            UPLOAD MENU


 Once the rejected records have been identified, they must be entered in a temporary rejected
 record database.  Option 1,  "Add/Edit/Delete Rejected Records," on the Upload Menu is
 used to enter the rejected records in the temporary database. Choosing this option presents
 an Add/Edit/Delete Rejected Records menu, as illustrated in Exhibit 8-4.
                                          UPLOAD MENU
                                  ADD/EDIT/DELETE REJECTED RECORDS
                                   1) CERCL1S REJECTED RECORDS

                                   2) NON-SITE INCIDENT REJECTED RECORDS

                                   3) LINK REJECTED RECORDS
                                 ENTER SELECTION 1-3   Leave [ 1
                    Exhibit 8-4  Add/Edit/Delete Rejected Records Menu

Selecting an option on the Add/Edit/Delete Rejected Records menu presents a data screen
used to enter the correct information for the rejected record into the temporary rejected
record database. Separate data screens are used for CERCLIS rejected records (site, event,
and enforcement activity records), for Non-Site Incident (NSI) rejected records, and for Link
rejected records.
     Exception:  Under certain conditions, the "Add/Edit/Delete Rejected Records" and
     "Reset Rejected Records" routines  will not reset  the appropriate records.   If any
     financial "add" records (C3200, C2600, or P1400) are rejected  during an  upload,
     these records must be reset manually. Do not use the" Add/Edit/Delete..." and "Reset
     Rejected Records"  functions to reset these records.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
8-5

-------
 UPLOAD MENU


 For example, if a C3200 Planned Obligation "add" is rejected during the mainframe upload,
 the WasteLAN System Administrator must complete the following steps to reset the record:

       1)     Access the W:\WASTELAN subdirectory.

       2)     Type MFOXPLUS and press  < Enter >.

       3)     Type SET PATH TO DATA and press  < Enter >.

       4)     Type USE C3200 INDEX C3200 and press < Enter >.

       5)     Type SET EXACT OFF and press < Enter >.

       6)     Type SEEK "(REF NO.  + OPUN1T + EVENT)" and press .

             Example:  SEEK "0039201RA1"

       7)     Type BROWSE and press < Enter >.

       8)     Locate the record to be resent to the mainframe.

       9)     Simultaneously press < Ctrl >o to lock the record.

       10)    Replace the AC (action code) value with  a "2" (for "add").

       11)    Simultaneously press   to exit the file and save the change.

These steps will prepare the record to be sent to the mainframe in the next upload.

Choosing option 1 on the Add/Edit/Delete Rejected Records menu (Exhibit 8-4) presents the
CERCLIS Rejection Information screen depicted in Exhibit 8-5.
8-6
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                        UPLOAD MENU
WITH












RECORD TYPE: AP
EPA ID: AP
OPUNIT:
EVENT CODE:
ACTIVITY TYPE:
SUBEVENT :
FIN TYPE:
SEQUENCE NO.:
ACTION CODE: "P
COMMENT ID:
Forward
^^^ rr&n T*; &r irninw iwrn ^^^^ww 'STRFFII 1 OF 1 _

ALIAS ID: LOCATION:
PRP CODE:
STATUTE:
REMEDY:
MILESTONE:
CHEM NO.:
MEDIA: RCRA ID:
MATERIAL: TI TYPE: SUFFIX NO.: 0
RECEPTORS: DCN:
LINE NO.: ACN:











Back Add Edit Delete Leave t ]
                   Exhibit 8-5  CERCLIS Rejection Info "ADD" Screen

The triangular pointer next to certain fields indicates required data elements.  Once data
entry begins, pointers may appear next to other fields to indicate additional required
elements.

When the screen appears,  the cursor is at the status line.  Note:  If no records have been
entered in the rejected record data base yet, then the data fields shown in Exhibit 8-5 are not
displayed initially.  These fields appear when the "Add" option is selected.

Options on the CERCLIS Rejection Info  screen status line are described below.

       Forward - if several (CERCLIS) rejected records have already been entered in the
             rejected record database, use this option to access the next record.  Entering
             "F" when the last (or only) record is already displayed presents the following
             message at the bottom of the screen:  END OF SELECTED LIST.

       Back - if several  (CERCLIS) rejected records have already been entered in the
       rejected             record database, use this option to access the previous record.
                          Entering "B" when the first (or only) record is already displayed
                          presents the following message at the bottom of the screen:
                          BEGINNING OF SELECTED LIST.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
8-7

-------
 UPLOAD MENU
       Add - use this option to add a record to the rejected record database.  Entering "A"
                     displays blank data fields next to each of the field names and places the
                     cursor at the Record Type field. As the pointer indicates,  this field is a
                     required field; as the highlighted first letter of the field name indicates,
                     this field is linked to a pop-up window.  Entering a "?" or an invalid
                     entry in  this field activates a pop-up window of CERCLIS  Record
                     Types.   Several other fields on the CERCLIS Rejection Info screen are
                     also linked to pop-up windows; Exhibit 8-6 illustrates the pop-up
                     windows available on the CERCLIS Rejection Info screen.
          Important;  Many of the larger pop-up windows contain more entries than can be
          displayed in one page (screenful) of the window, Use the < * >,  ,  and
          < End > keys to scroll  forward  and view additional entries;  use the  < t >,
          < PgUp >, and < Home > keys to scroll back to previous entries.
       When a pop-up window appears, use the  < t >,  < ; >,  , ,
       , and  keys to move the light bar to the desired entry, or type the
       first letter of the desired entry;  if multiple entries begin with the same letter, keep
       pressing the letter until the desired  entry is highlighted. Press the <—J >
       () key to select the highlighted entry.  This action closes the pop-up
       window and places the selected entry in the data field.

       Use the < Enter > key to move to each field on the CERCLIS Rejection Info screen
       and enter the necessary rejected record information.  The record type entered in the
       first field determines which of the other fields require data; the cursor will move only
       to these required fields.

       The Action Code field is a required field for all record types.  The entry in this field
       determines  how CERCLIS will  classify the record, according to the following values:

              1  = Delete

              2  = Add

              3  = Modify

       Pressing  < Enter > at the last required field adds the record to the rejected record
       database and returns the cursor to the status line.
8-8
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                          UPLOAD MENU
 Edit - used to modify the record currently displayed on the CERCLIS Rejection Info screen.
       Entering "E" moves the cursor to the Record Type field. Make the necessary
       change(s) and/or press < Enter > to move to the next required field.  Use the
        < Enter > key to  move to each required field and make the necessary change(s).
       Pressing < Enter >  at the last required field saves the change(s) and returns the
       cursor to the status line.

 Delete - used to delete the currently displayed record. Entering  "D" presents the following
       prompt at the bottom of the screen:   PRESS Y TO DELETE [N].  The default
       response is "N"  (for "No"), so pressing   leaves the record unchanged.
       Type "Y" (for "Yes") and press < Enter> to delete the  record. The deleted record
       disappears, the next or previous record in the rejected record database appears (if one
       exists),  and the cursor returns  to the status line.

 Leave - used to exit the CERCLIS Rejection Info screen. Entering "L" displays the Upload
       Menu (Exhibit 8-2).

 Data screens corresponding to the other options on the Add/Edit/Delete Rejected Records
 menu (see  Exhibit 8-4) function like the CERCLIS Rejection Info screen described above.
 Using the appropriate rejection information data screen(s) and the information on the
 CERCLIS  Audit Report, complete data entry for all of the rejected records.

 8.1.3  Reset Rejected Records

 Once all of the records that rejected during the last upload have been entered in the
 temporary  rejected record database (see Section 8.1.2, above), then the edit values of these
 records must be reset.  This function prepares the rejected records to be included in the next
 upload.
     Essential: The reset function must be executed immediately before an upload.  All
     users must be logged out of WasteLAN during the reset process.
To reset the rejected records, choose option 2, "Reset Rejected Records," on the Upload
Menu.  The Reset Rejected Records menu will appear; Exhibit 8-7 illustrates this menu.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
8-9

-------
 UPLOAD MENU
   t—    O  ui ul      O
 «*• z    at v> u> at      —
 *• ui    »- oe  3      sc
 ** X    z ui z »- ui    ui
 «t UJ  Z O Ul < _4 U Ul  I-UJ
 «. o  Ouzxpoei/>>-zu
 «£<  -.-aO!B*w~r-
\**»\
                       SZ !
                       Ul I
     ..
      O O u.
            xa.a.a.a.a.a.a.
            I Q£ ^ |^j m QJ yj ^ ijj
    tz — ui
      ZK
                                  r
                    5S5SSS55


                (/> 5* UJUIUJUJUILLJUIUH
                  j»» in (/> en w)  co en (o <
                                 Ki Ki KI  'O
                                 «- O  Ul C
                                 O Kl f- Of Ul
                                 KI  - < Z A
                                 Z  Ul < 3
                                                               Cfl
                                        •'4W UJ UJ UJ UJ Ul U UJ UJ U W U ••••* J
                                         (3 U OUUUUUUKOCtKUU
                                                    . O M Kl O O •- M I
                                                     -• -   r S o o e <
                                                          - It Kl K> Kl I
                                                i.
       (-> U < U U     ,   _
   _ tn     ocacK^-     i/i<
:4<*K«UIUIUlOOZr::UI — *-^-Ote.U.U»OCZ— Ul
:iMA-& _J*—h«ujxxa»U3-J&
iffl O <«V5U.UJUJUJOCUU<5
 fesi^li
                :S5£SS
                • CM fst fM rj r>j
                                                       O   O
                                                       z   —
                                                               —   U   U
                                      3
                            Ul

                            g:
                            H*

                            >-  t-  ul
                         ••  •-  z  a
                    O  >-  —  UJ  >-
                    "  ~  >  >  •-
                                                             z  z
                                                             UJ  O
                                                             3  —
                                                             o  >-
                    I
                    *-      *•>

               >     o      >^
                    —    <~  H-
                    *- Ul  * I— Z
               i     •« 3  w z UJ

               i S         *^ x uj

                    Sz  >-r CK o
                    — I-  UJ O «
              S>- t-   X Z CE «  >
              »_^ ^   Q  |^j (g m (J «ft
          SU) t- 1- _l   U >- t- < (J Z  'U
            za.     .  z »-  zuiiuc
        ^«^ui3_i   N>uiuiu.-
U   O O O -J
    Z Q. 5 <
V  -<«>»- —
a   x ui ui o

S   S",-^
Ul   UJ O t- Ul
      Ul — a
                                                                                                   UJ *
                                                                                                    t- —
                                        c5
                    Z O
                    8 ~
                   J — tn
                    H- —
                    UO
                    ui ui
                                                     z < — _j u) z ui   — — I
                                                     ui — m « UJ o »-   ^- z 5
                                                   to z Q — — «     « < — —
                                                   u.auiini-ujzouiie_JX
                                                   s, o a. « — i- — zzuiuiui
                                                   •-OxujzzujOi—a««
                                                   a Q ui u. -^ — _i _i o o a. a.
                                                            8uiac
-------
                                                                          UPLOAD MENU
                                         UPLOAD MENU
                                     RESET REJECTED RECORDS
                                  1) CERCL1S REJECTED RECORDS

                                  2) NON-SITE INCIDENT REJECTED RECORDS

                                  3) LINK REJECTED RECORDS
                                 ENTER SELECTION 1-3   Leave [
                        Exhibit 8-7 Reset Rejected Records Menu

Options on the Reset Rejected  Records menu correspond to the record type options on the
Add/Edit/Delete Rejected Records menu.  The reset function must be performed for each type
of rejected record entered in the rejected record database.  Choose option 1 to reset CERCLIS
rejected records, option 2 to reset Non-Site Incident (NSI) rejected records, and/or option 3 to
reset Link rejected records.  Select an option by typing its corresponding number and pressing
 . Entering "L" (for "Leave") displays the Upload Menu.

8.1.4  Upload WasteLAN

Once all of the proper  edit check, record maintenance, and resetting functions have been
performed, the upload can be initiated.  Selecting option 3, "Upload WasteLAN," on the Upload
Menu presents the Upload WasteLAN Menu; Exhibit 8-8 illustrates  this menu.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
8-n

-------
 UPLOAD MENU














MFKll 1
1) UPLOAD CERCLIS DATA ONLY
2) UPLOAD NON-SITE INCIDENT DATA ONLY
3) UPLOAD NON-SITE INCIDENT AND CERCLIS DATA

ENTER SELECTION 1-3 Leave [ )












                       Exhibit 8-8 Upload WasteLAN Menu

Options on the Upload WasteLAN Menu are described below.

      1)    UPLOAD CERCLIS DATA ONLY - includes only Fund and Enforcement data
            in  the  upload.   Creates an  ASCII  file  called  UPLOAD.ASC  in the
            W:\WASTELAN\ARCHIVE directory.

      2)    UPLOAD NON-SITE INCIDENT  DATA ONLY - includes only Non-Site
            Incident (NSI), Target Sites, and Accomplishments data in the upload.  Creates
            an ASCII file called UP_NSI. ASC in the W:\WASTELAN\ ARCHIVE directory.

      3)    UPLOAD NON-SITE  INCIDENT  AND  CERCLIS  DATA -  includes all
            WasteLAN data in the upload.
        Exception: Regional data that is not contained in regional free fields is not included
        in the upload.
This option creates  two ASCII files,  called UPLOAD.ASC and UP_NSI.ASC, in the
W:\WASTELAN\ARCHIVE directory.
8-12
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                      UPLOAD MENU
     Critical;  All users must be logged out of WasteLAN  during the upload process,
     which takes from one to three hours.  It is recommended that the upload be performed
     at the end of the day.
 Selecting an option on the Upload WasteLAN II Menu (Exhibit 8-8) initiates an upload routine
 that includes several tasks in addition to ASCII file creation (refer to Exhibit 3-2 in Chapter 3
 of this manual).  However, the  System Administrator does not have to wait until the  entire
 routine is complete before transferring the upload  file to the mainframe.  The upload  file is
 ready for transfer to CERCLIS about halfway through the upload routine.

 When the upload file(s) is (are) ready, a bell rings five times, and the following message appears
 on the screen:  UPLOAD FILE IS NOW READY FOR TRANSFER TO MAINFRAME. Log
 in to the LAN on another workstation  and check the date and time of the UPLOAD. ASC and
 UP_NSI.ASC files in the W:\WASTELAN\ARCHIVE directory to confirm that file creation is
 complete.  Using this workstation (while the upload continues on the first workstation), follow
 the procedures described in Section 8.1.5 to transfer the file(s) to CERCLIS.
     Note: The workstation used for file transfer must contain a CXI Gateway or an IRMA
     card.
8.1.5  File Transfer to Mainframe CERCLIS

After the upload  routine creates the  ASCII file(s), the file(s) must be transferred to  the
mainframe via CXI Gateway or an IRMA card.  The following file transfer procedures assume
that all WasteLAN data is being uploaded, i.e.,  two ASCII files must be transferred.

       1)     Using the TSO function, log on to the CERCLIS mainframe.

       2)     "Hot key" back to the LAN DOS prompt at the W:\WASTELAN directory. Hot
             keys are as  follows:

             CXI Gateway - Press < Alt >  and < PgUp > keys simultaneously.

             IRMA Card - Press right and left  < Shift >  keys simultaneously.

       3)     Type the following command to execute the UPLOAD.BAT file:
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
8-13

-------
 UPLOAD MENU
            UPLOAD R#MMDDYY.DATA
            (R# = region number, MMDDYY = rnonth/day/year of upload)
            Example:  UPLOAD R4082090.DATA

            The UPLOAD.BAT file executes the following commands:

            W: CD\WASTELAN\ARCHI VE
            V:
            SEND WrUPLOAD.ASC D:% 1 ASCII CRLF LRECL(700) BLKSIZE(7000)
            RECFM(F) SPACE(5000,100)W:CD\WASTELANV:

      4)    When the LAN DOS prompt reappears, type the following command to execute
            the UP_NSI.BAT file:
            UP_NSI R#MMDDYY.CERH
            (R# =  region number, MMDDYY  =  month/day/year of upload)  Example:
            UP_NSI R4082090.CERH

      The UP_NSI.BAT file executes the following commands:

            W:
            CD\WASTELAN\ARCHIVE
            V:
            SEND W:UP_NSI.ASC D:% 1 ASCII CRLF LRECL(700) BLKSIZE(7000)
            RECFM(F) SPACE(5000,100)
            W:
            CD\WASTELAN
            V:

      5)    When the LAN DOS prompt reappears, hot key back to the TSO READY prompt
            (see step 2 for hot key definitions).

            Result: The transferred files are ready to be loaded into CERCLIS. See Section
            8.1.6 for instructions on submitting a job on the mainframe to load the transferred
            file into CERCLIS.

8.1.6  Submit Job on Mainframe

Once the upload ASCII files have been transferred, they are ready to be loaded into CERCLIS.
Follow the steps below to submit a job on the mainframe to load the files into CERCLIS.  Note:
These procedures begin where the file transfer procedures left off; complete the steps in Section
8.1.5 before beginning these procedures.
8-14
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                  UPLOAD MENU
       1)     At the TSO READY prompt, type "CERCLIS".

             Result: The CERCLIS Main Menu appears. Exhibit 8-9 illustrates the CERCLIS
             Main Menu.







*
*
*
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
A
B
M



DATE: 08/20/90 CERCLIS (PROD VERSION) 0 = QUIT CERPROO*
TIME: 18:09:11 X= EXIT THIS MENU
*** M A I N - M E N U **• *
- CREATE REPORT USING GENIUS
- RUN BATCH S2K QUERY/REPORT WRITER (GENIUS)
- RUN ON-LINE S2K QUERY/REPORT WRITER (GENIUS)
- INTERACTIVE S2K QUERY (NATURAL LANGUAGE)
- REPORT SELECTION AND SUBMISSION
- SAS/SYSTEM 2000 INTERFACE
- UASTELAN UTILITIES (RESTRICTED)
- UTILITIES (RESTRICTED)
- CERCLIS NEWS ALERTS
- CERCLIS BROADCAST MESSAGES
- USER MAIL
ENTER FUNCTION OR AN OPTION IN THE BANNER:
4B Aa 0-06






                         Exhibit 8-9 CERCLIS Main Menu

      2)    At the CERCLIS Main Menu, type "7" to access the WasteLAN Utilities Menu,
            illustrated in Exhibit 8-10.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
8-15

-------
 UPLOAD MENU
                •is************************************************************************
                *      DATE:   08/20/90        CERCLIS (PROO VERSION)   Q = QUIT CERPROO*
                *      TIME:   18:09:11                             X=  EXIT THIS MENU
                *                      *•• H A I N - M E N U •••                   *
                ***************************************************************************

                      1 - WASTELAN I UPLOAD UTILITY
                      2 - WASTELAN It UPLOAD UTILITY
                      3 - CERHELP I UPLOAD UTILITY
                      4 - CERHELP II UPLOAD UTILITY
                      5 • PRINT CERCLIS ACCEPTED TRANSACTIONS REPORT (I/II)
                      6 - PRINT CERHELP ACCEPTED TRANSACTIONS REPORT (I/II)
                      7 - UASTEi-AN I COMPARE UTILITY
                      8 • WASTELAN II COMPARE UTILITY
                      9 - PRINT COMPARE FILES
                     10 - CREATE MAINFRAME COMPARE FILE USING UPLOAD (l/II)
                     11 - REGIONAL DATA TO USACE
                     12 - USACE DATA TO UASTELAN
                     12 - USACE CONFIRMATION OF DATA
                          ENTER A UTILITY - ID OR A BANNER OPTION:
                         B          Aa
                                            0-o6
                           Exhibit 8-10 WasteLAN Utilities Menu

       3)     Type "2" to select the "WasteLAN II Upload" option.

              Result:  The screen will prompt you to enter the dataset name for the CERCLIS
              upload file.

       4)     Type the dataset name of the CERCLIS upload file.  The dataset name is created
              automatically when the UPLOAD.BAT file is executed and uses the following
              format:

              uidNTSx.Dmmddyy.DATA
              (uid = user ID, x  =  fourth digit of region's account, mmddyy  = month/day/
              year of upload)
              Example:  WFLNTS4.D082090.DATA

       5)     Press  < Enter >.

              Result:  The screen will prompt you to enter the region number.
8-16
    WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
     03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                      UPLOAD MENU
       6)    Enter your region number.

             Result: You will be prompted to enter specific job information used to submit the
             CERCLIS upload file to the mainframe.

       7)    Enter the required job information.

             Hint:   This information includes such items as remote printer numbers,  the
             number of copies of the audit trail to be generated, and the job priority number.

       8)    After entering the required job information, enter "S" to submit the job.

             Result: The job number and the name of the download sequence number dataset
             will appear.

       9)    Write down the job number  and the name of the download sequence number
             dataset.  Note:   This information should be recorded in  the WasteLAN II
             Upload/Download Log Book each time an upload is executed.

       10)    Press < Enter >  to continue submitting the job.

             Result:  When the job has  been submitted, the WasteLAN Utilities menu will
             appear.

       11)    At the WasteLAN Utilities Menu, type "4" to select the Non-Site Incident upload
             option ("CERHELP II Upload Utility") and begin submitting the NSI upload file.

             Result: The screen will prompt you to enter the dataset name for the NSI upload
             file.

       12)    Type  the dataset name  of the NSI upload file.  The dataset name is created
             automatically  when the UP_NSI.BAT file is executed and uses the following
             format:

             uidNTSx.Dmmddyy.CERH
             (uid = user ID, x = fourth digit of region's account, mmddyy = month/day/
             year of upload)
             Example:  WFLNTS4.D082090.CERH

       13)    Repeat steps 5-10 to submit the job to load the NSI file on the mainframe.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
8-17

-------
 UPLOAD MENU


       14)   At  the WasteLAN Utilities menu,  type  "Q" and press    to  exit
             CERCLIS.

             Result: The TSO READY prompt appears.

 8.1.7  Upload Problems

 If there is a problem with the upload, an error message stating the nature of the problem will
 appear on the screen. If the problem poses no threat to data integrity, the WasteLAN System
 Administrator will have the option to restart the upload.

 Important:   If the problem involves  potential corruption  of regional data,  the  System
 Administrator must contact appropriate  support personnel (NMI)  before continuing with the
 upload.

 8.1.8  Upload Reports

 When the uploaded WasteLAN  files are successfully  loaded into  CERCLIS,  the system will
 indicate that the job is complete.  Upload reports are produced and sent automatically to the
 region's printer.  These upload reports are also stored in files on the  mainframe  for future
 reference. Mainframe upload reports and their corresponding descriptions and file name formats
 are listed below.  Note: Appendix C to this manual summarizes the file naming conventions
 used in WasteLAN/CERCLIS file transfer.

 •      Convert Report - lists any records which did not translate from WasteLAN transaction
       format to upload transaction format.   This report  is produced only if errors have
       occurred.

      NTSx.Rrr.uid.Dyymmdd.Thhmm.CERCUP.CONVRPT

 •     Matrix Report ~ matrix by state listing totals and percentages of all records transferred.

      NTSx.Rrr.uid.Dyvmmdd.Thhmm.CERCUP.MTRXRPT

 •     Audit Report - lists  any records that rejected during the upload, i.e., were not accepted
      into CERCLIS (see Exhibit 8-3 for an example).

      NTSx.Rrr.uid.Dyvmmdd.Thhmm.CERCUP.AUDTRPT
8-18
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0'

-------
                                                                      UPLOAD MENU
       Variables used in the upload report file name formats listed above are defined as follows:
       x            =
       uid          =
       rr           =
       yymmdd     =
       hhmrn       =

 8.2    DOWNLOAD
Fourth digit of user account
User's ID
EPA region number (01 - 10)
Year/Month/Day job was submitted
Time job was submitted in hours and minutes
Typically, downloads occur on weekly basis, immediately after an upload.  As soon as the
upload file has been submitted to the mainframe (see Section 8.1.6), preparations can be made
to receive downloaded financial and/or USAGE data from CERCLIS to WasteLAN.
     Exception:  If a WasteLAN  upload  is performed on a Friday,  file transfer and
     submission to the mainframe must occur after the IFMS download is completed on
     Friday  morning.  In other words, if the upload is initiated on Thursday night, the
     upload  file(s) should be sent to the mainframe before 8:00 p.m. on Thursday night,
     not on Friday morning. This timing is critical in order to prevent duplicate financial
     records from being created on the mainframe. However, as of March, 1989, IFMS
     transfers to CERCLIS have been discontinued,  so this timing is not an  issue at
     present.
Sections 8,2.1 through 8.2.5 describe the steps involved in the download process.

8.2.1  Copy CERCLIS Datasets to DOS

To download CERCLIS data to WasteLAN, the appropriate CERCLIS datasets need to be copied
to DOS files.  This procedure can be executed immediately after the upload job has been loaded
on the mainframe, since it requires mainframe access.

There  are six possible datasets to be copied to DOS  files; four are used for downloading
financial data, one is used to update NSI data, and the sixth is used for downloading USAGE
data.   The command  formats used to copy these datasets are listed below;  execute these
commands at the TSO Ready prompt.  Note: Appendix C to this manual summarizes the file
naming conventions used in WasteLAN/CERCLIS file transfer.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
       WASTELAN SYSTEM
    ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
8-19

-------
 UPLOAD MENU
       1)    To copy the CERCLIS financial sequence number file:

            COPY  NTSx.Rrr.uid. Dyymmdd.Thhmm.CERCUP.WLANT.DAT A.
            DMMDDYY.SEQ
            Example:   COPY   NTS4.R04.WFL.D900820.T1600.CERCUP.WLANT.DATA
            D082090.SEQ

      2)    To copy the Non-Site Incident financial sequence number file (if a an NSI
            [CERHELP] upload was submitted on the mainframe):

            COPY NTSx.Rrr.uid.Dyymmdd.Thhmm.HELPUP.C1400.DATA DMMDDYY.NSI
            Example:   COPY   NTS4.R04.WFL.D900820.T1600.HELPUP.C1400.DATA
            D082090.NSI

      3)    To copy the CERCLIS IFMS dataset file (Important: This step is only necessary
            when IFMS transfers  to CERCLIS are occurring.  As of March, 1989, IFMS
            transfers have not been occurring, so this step is not necessary):

            COPY   NTSH.uid.Rrr.FMS.Dyymmdd.Thhmm.CERC.DOWN.DATA
            DMMDDYY.FIN
            Example:  COPY   NTSH.WFL.R04.FMS.D900820.T1600.CERC.DOWN.DATA
            D082090.FIN

      4)    To copy the Non-Site Incident IFMS dataset file (Important:  This step is only
            necessary when IFMS transfers to CERCLIS are occurring.  As of March, 1989,
            IFMS transfers have not been occurring,  so this step is not necessary):

            COPYNTSH.uid.Rrr.FMS.Dyymmdd.Thhmm.NSI.DOWN.DATA.DMMDDYY.NSF
            Example: COPY NTSH.WFL.R04.FMS.D900820.T1600.NSI.DOWN.DATA
            D082090.NSF

      5)    To copy the Non-Site Incident dump dataset file (if an NSI [CERHELP] upload
            was submitted on the mainframe):

            COPYNTSx.Rrr.uid.Dyymmdd.Thhmm.HELPUP.DBDUMPDMMDDYY.CER
            Example: COPY NTS4.R04.WFL.D900820.T1600.HELPUP.DBDUMPD082090.CER

      6)    To copy the USAGE  dataset  file (if a USAGE download was initiated on the
            mainframe):
8-20                           WASTELAN SYSTEM                        03/11/92  ^^  i
                           ADMINISTRATION MANUAL                  VERSION 4.0  ^™

-------
                                                                   UPLOAD MENU
             COPYNTSx.Rrr.uid.Dyymmdd.Thhmm.USACDOWN.DATADMMDDY^'.COE
             Example:      COPY
             NTS4.R04.WFL.D900820.T1600.USACDOWN.DATAD082090.COE

Variables used in the dataset and file name formats listed above are defined as follows:
             x
             IT
             uid
             yymmdd
             hhmm
  Fourth digit of region's account
  EPA region number (01 - 10)
  User's ID
  Year/Month/Day of upload
  Time of upload in hours and minutes
Once all of the appropriate datasets have been copied to DOS files, the files can be transferred
from the mainframe to the regional LAN using a download batch file.  Section 8.2.2 describes
the download file transfer process.

8.2.2 File Transfer to Regional LAN

When the CERCLIS datasets have been copied to DOS files, the download files are ready for
transfer from the mainframe to the regional LAN.  Follow the steps below to transfer the
download files to your LAN. Note: These procedures assume that you are still logged in to the
mainframe.

      1)     At the TSO READY prompt, hot key back to the LAN DOS prompt. Hot keys
             are as follows:

             CXI Gateway - Press < Alt >  and < PgUp > keys simultaneously.

             IRMA Card ~ Press right and left < Shift> keys simultaneously.

      2)     At the LAN DOS prompt, use the following download batch file and file name
             format to transfer each download file:

            DOWNLOAD DMMDDYY.ZZZ
             (DMMDDYY.ZZZ = DOS file to which the CERCLIS dataset was copied; see
            Section 8.2.1.)
            Example:  DOWNLOAD D082090.SEQ


            The download batch file executes the following commands:
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
8-21

-------
 UPLOAD MENU


             W:
             CD\WASTELAN\ARCHIVE
             V:
             RECEIVE W:% 1 D:% 1 ASCII CRLF
             W:
             CDNWASTELAN

      3)     Repeat step 2 for each download dataset copied to a DOS file.

      4)     After all download files have been transferred, log out of the mainframe.

      5)     Hot key back to the LAN DOS prompt (see step 1 for hot key definitions).

      6)     Exit the CXI Gateway or IRMA card link.

Download file transfer is now complete.  The downloaded files are ready to be copied to the
W:\WASTELAN\ARCHIVE directory, as explained below in Section 8.2.3.

8.2.3 Copy Downloaded Files Into WasteLAN

Once the downloaded files have been transferred from the mainframe to the regional LAN, they
must be copied into the appropriate files in the W:\WASTELAN\ARCHIVE directory.  This
procedure combines the  five  CERCLIS  and NSI  dataset files into three download files in
WasteLAN. The USAGE dataset (if downloaded) is copied into a separate file.

Use the formats listed below to copy the downloaded dataset files into WasteLAN. Note:  Refer
to Appendix C of this manual for file naming conventions related to WasteLAN/CERCLIS file
transfer.

      1)    To copy the CERCLIS financial sequence number file:

            COPY DMMDDYY.SEQ W:\WASTELAN\ARCfflVE\DOWN3200.ASC
            Example:  COPY D082090.SEQ W:\WASTELAN\ARCHIVE\DOWN3200.ASC

      2)     To copy the CERCLIS IFMS dataset file:
            COPY DMMDDYY.FIN W:\WASTELAN\ARCHIVE\DOWN3200.ASC
            Example:  COPY D082090.FIN W:\WASTELAN\ARCHIVE\DOWN3200.ASC

      3)     To copy the Non-Site Incident (NSI) financial sequence number file:

            COPY DMMDDYY.NSI W:\WASTELAN\ARCfflVE\DOWN1400.ASC
8-22
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
    03/11/9
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                 UPLOAD MENU


            Example: COPY D082090.NSI W:\WASTELAN\ARCHIVE\DOWNI400.ASC

       4)    To copy the NSI - IFMS dataset file:

            COPY DMMDDYY.NSF W:\WASTELAN\ARCfflVE\DOWN1400.ASC
            Example: COPY D082090.NSF W:\WASTELAN\ARCHIVE\DOWN1400.ASC

       5)    To copy the NSI dump dataset file:

            COPY DMMDDYY.CER W:\WASTELAN\ARCfflVE\DOWNNSI.ASC
            Example: COPY D082090.CER W:\WASTELAN\ARCfflVE\DOWNNSI.ASC

       6)    To copy the USAGE dataset file:

            COPY DMMDDYY.COE W:\WASTELAN\ARCfflVE\DOWNCORP.ASC
            Example: COPY D082090.COE W:\WASTELAN\ARCHIVE\DOWNCORP.ASC

When the downloaded files have been copied into the appropriate WasteLAN files, the data must
be integrated into the WasteLAN database.  Integration procedures are explained in Section
8.2.4, below.

8.2.4  Integrate Downloaded Data Into WasteLAN

After downloaded files have been copied into the W:\WASTELAN\ARCHIVE directory, the
downloaded data must be integrated into the WasteLAN database.  The integration process is
critical to ensuring the integrity of WasteLAN data.

The  Upload Menu (see Exhibit  8-2) contains the integration options used to incorporate
downloaded data into WasteLAN.  The following paragraphs describe these integration options.
    Important: All users must be logged out of WasteLAN during the integration process.
      4)    INTEGRATE IFMS AND SEQUENCE NUMBER DATA - Option 4 on the
            Upload Menu uses the DOWN3200. ASC file in the W:\WASTELAN\ARCHIVE
            directory to perform two critical functions involving WasteLAN financial data:
            A) it assigns CERCLIS sequence numbers to WasteLAN financial records, and
            B) it integrates IFMS financial data into WasteLAN.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
8-23

-------
 UPLOAD MENU
      5)
      6)
When a new financial record is added in WasteLAN and then uploaded to
CERCLIS, the mainframe generates a financial sequence number for the record
during the upload process.  Financial sequence numbers generated during the
upload are  stored in  the CERCLIS financial sequence  number file that is
downloaded to WasteLAN. These CERCLIS-generated sequence numbers must
be assigned to the appropriate financial records in WasteLAN. The  "Integrate
IFMS and Sequence Number Data" option performs this function.

When financial information is  updated in IFMS, an  update file is  sent to
CERCLIS and stored in the CERCLIS IFMS dataset file.  As explained in the
preceding sections (8.2.1-8.2.3), this dataset file is downloaded to WasteLAN.
The updated information must then be matched with the appropriate WasteLAN
financial records.   The "Integrate IFMS and Sequence Number  Data" option
performs this function. Note:  As of March, 1989, IFMS transfers to CERCLIS
have not been occurring.

INTEGRATE NSI IFMS AND SEQUENCE NUMBER DATA - Option 5 on the
Upload Menu performs the same functions as option 4 (described above), except
that this option uses the DOWN1400.ASC file in the W:\WASTELAN\ARCHIVE
directory to update Non-Site Incident (NSI) financial records.

INTEGRATE NON-SITE INCIDENT DATA - Option 6 on the Upload Menu
uses  the DOWNNSI.ASC file in the W:\WASTELAN\ARCHIVE directory to
replace   WasteLAN   Non-Site   Incident   (NSI)   data   with   updated
Targets/Accomplishments, Budget Control,  and Advice of Allowance data from
the mainframe.

INTEGRATE USAGE DATA  - Option  7  on the  Upload Menu  uses the
DOWNCORP.ASC file in the W:\WASTELAN\ARCHIVE directory to place
updated USAGE information in  the appropriate WasteLAN records.   Updated
USAGE information is sent from CleanLAN to CERCLIS and then downloaded
to WasteLAN.
8.2.5 Download Reports

When all downloaded financial files have been integrated into WasteLAN, the system generates
a report entitled "CERCLIS/WasteLAN IFMS Data Transfer."  This report documents new
CERCLIS and NSI financial sequence number records, new IFMS records, and updated IFMS
records. The WasteLAN System Administrator should review this report carefully and keep a
log of financial sequence number reports and weekly IFMS transfers.
8-24
                   WASTELAN SYSTEM
                ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
    03/11/92^
VERSION 4.0*

-------
                                                                      UPLOAD MENU
 When the integration of the NSI data file is complete, WasteLAN generates an exception report
 that lists any Target Sites records that have an invalid EPA ID number. This NSI exception
 report is entitled "No Matching Site in Header File for the Following Target Sites.
 8.3    AUTOMATED WASTELAN/MAINFRAME DATABASE COMPARE

 To verify the synchronization of data in the WasteLAN and CERCLIS databases, WasteLAN
 offers an "Automated  WasteLAN/Mainframe Database Compare" function.  This function
 analyzes WasteLAN and CERCLIS data and generates reports that list discrepancies. Exception:
 The database compare operation does not include Non-Site Incident data in the analysis.

 The database compare operation should be performed annually, semiannually, or immediately
 before a regional installation.  CSC requires at least one week's prior notice to provide support
 to a region planning a database compare. The compare should be executed immediately after
 a full cycle upload of WasteLAN.
     Critical:  All users must be logged out of WasteLAN during the database compare
     process, which takes from one to three hours to complete. It is recommended that the
     compare be executed during the night.
The database compare operation requires at least 35 megabytes of disk space on the WasteLAN
file server.  See Chapter 2, Section 2.1.2 for WasteLAN file server disk space requirements.
The remaining sections of this chapter describe the steps involved in completing a successful
database compare operation.

8.3.1  Run Full Cycle Upload/Download

A full cycle upload/download must be performed  immediately before the database compare.
Instructions for completing an upload are detailed  in Section 8.1 of this chapter;  download
procedures are described in Section 8.2.

8.3.2  Execute Database Compare

This step is the actual execution of the database compare.  As soon as the upload and downloads
have been completed, access the System Administration module in WasteLAN, choose option
7  to  display the  Upload  Menu,  and select option 8,  "Automated WasteLAN/Mainframe
Compare," on the Upload Menu  (see Exhibit 8-2).
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
8-25

-------
 UPLOAD MENU
 This  option creates an ASCII  file  in  the  W:\WASTELAN\ARCHIVE  directory called
 COMPARE.ASC.  As with an upload, the ASCII file must then be transferred to the mainframe.
 Section 8.3.3 explains the file transfer process.

 8.3.3 FUe Transfer to Mainframe

 Once the ASCII file has been created, it must be transferred to the mainframe via CXI Gateway
 or an IRMA card.  Depending on the size of the ASCII file created by the compare operation,
 file transfer to the mainframe can take up to six hours to complete. Follow the steps below to
 transfer the file to the mainframe.

      1)    Using the TSO function, log on to the CERCLIS mainframe.

      2)    "Hot key" back to the LAN DOS prompt. Hot keys are as follows:

            CXI Gateway - Press < Alt > and < PgUp > keys simultaneously.

            IRMA Card - Press right and left < Shift > keys simultaneously.

      3)    Type the following command to execute the  COMPARE.BAT  file:

            COMPARE R#MMDDYY.CMP
            (R# = region number, MMDDYY = month/day/year of database compare)
            Example:  COMPARE R1082090.CMP

            The COMPARE.BAT file executes the following commands:

            W:
            CD\WASTELAN\ARCHIVE
            V:
            SEND W:COMPARE.ASC D:% 1 ASCII CRLF LRECL(700)BLKSIZE(7000)
            RECFM(F) SPACE(50000,1000)
            W:
            CD\WASTELAN
            V:

      4)     When the LAN DOS prompt reappears, hot key back to the TSO READY prompt
            (see step 2 for hot key definitions).

            Result: The transferred file is ready to be loaded into CERCLIS. Section 8.3.4
            (below) provides instructions for submitting a job on the mainframe to load the
8-26
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                              UPLOAD MENU
               transferred file into CERCLIS.

 8.3.4  Submit Job on Mainframe

 Once the ASCII file has been transferred, it  is ready to be loaded into CERCLIS.  Follow the
 steps below to submit a job on the mainframe to load the compare  file into CERCLIS.  Note:
 These procedures begin where the file transfer procedures left off; complete the steps in Section
 8.3.3 before beginning these procedures.

        1)      At the TSO READY prompt,  type "CERCLIS" to access the CERCLIS Main
               Menu, illustrated in Exhibit 8-11.
                ***************************************************************************
                      DATE:   08/20/90        CERCLIS (PROD VERSION)   0 = QUIT CERPROO*
                      TIME:   18:09:11                             X=  EXIT THIS KENU
                                       •** H A I N - H E N U ***                   *
                A**************************************************************************
 CREATE REPORT USING GENIUS
 RUN BATCH S2K QUERY/REPORT WRITER (GENIUS)
 RUN ON-LINE S2K QUERY/REPORT WRITER (GENIUS)
 INTERACTIVE S2K QUERY (NATURAL LANGUAGE)
 REPORT SELECTION AND SUBMISSION
 SAS/SYSTEM 2000 INTERFACE
 WASTELAN UTILITIES (RESTRICTED)
 UTILITIES (RESTRICTED)
 CERCLIS NEWS ALERTS
 CERCLIS BROADCAST MESSAGES
 USER HAIL

     ENTER FUNCTION OR AN OPTION IN THE BANNER:
.6          Aa
                                                                            0-06
                             Exhibit 8-11  CERCLIS Main Menu

       2)      At the CERCLIS Main Menu, type "7" to access the WasteLAN Utilities Menu,
               illustrated in Exhibit  8-12.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
            WASTELAN SYSTEM
         ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
8-27

-------
 UPLOAD MENU
                ***•»*******»*«••***»**•*•»»************»*******••**»••»*••«*»*•*»********»
                                            CERCLIS (PROO VERSION)   Q = QUIT CERPROO*
                                                                 X=  EXIT THIS MENU
                *                      *** M A I N - M E N U *•*                   *
                »**»»*****«»«**«****«*******»••*•**»*********«*«**•»***»*•*»****»»*»*•*****
DATE:   08/20/90
TIME:   18:09:11
                      1   UASTELAN  I UPLOAD UTILITY
                      2   WASTELAN  II UPLOAD UTILITY
                      3   CERHELP I UPLOAD UTILITY
                      4   CERHELP II UPLOAD UTILITY
                      5   PRINT CERCLIS ACCEPTED TRANSACTIONS REPORT (I/II)
                      6   PRINT CERHELP ACCEPTED TRANSACTIONS REPORT (.1/111
                      7 • WASTELAN  I COMPARE UTILITY
                      8 • WASTELAN  11 COMPARE UTILITY
                      9 - PRINT COMPARE FILES
                     10 - CREATE MAINFRAME COMPARE FILE USING UPLOAD (I/ID
                     11 - REGIONAL  DATA TO USACE
                     12 - USACE DATA TO WASTELAN
                     12 - USACE CONFIRMATION Of DATA

                          ENTER A  UTILITY - ID OR A BANNER OPTION:
                        4B          Aa
                                                      0-o6
                           Exhibit 8-12 WasteLAN Utilities Menu


       3)     Type  "8" to select the CERCLIS compare option ("WasteLAN  II Compare
              Utility").

              Result:  The screen will prompt you to enter your region number.

       4)     Enter  your region number.

              Result:  The screen will prompt you to enter the dataset name.

       5)     Type the dataset name of the compare file, according to the following format:

              uidNTSx.RrDmmddyy. CMP
              (uid = user ID, x = fourth  digit of region's account,   r= last digit of region
              number, mmddyy = month/day/year of compare)

              Example:  WFLNTS4.R4082090.CMP

       6)     Access the CERCLIS Print File Menu  and select option 9, "Print Compare
8-28
              WASTELAN SYSTEM
           ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
     03/11/92,
VERSION 4.0*

-------
                                                                       UPLOAD MENU
              Files,"  to generate  the database compare reports.  Exhibit  8-13 presents an
              example of a database compare report,

 8.3.5  Analyze Database Compare Reports

 The WasteLAN System Administrator should closely examine the three reports generated by th;
 database compare operation to identify data discrepancies; a thorough analysis usually takes twt.
 or three days to complete.  An S2K query of mainframe data may be required to determine of
 there is a report problem or if data anomalies exist. Appendix D to this manual lists the specific
 fields compared during the database compare operation.

 The three reports generated by the database compare list the following types of information:

       1)     records located in WasteLAN, but not in CERCLIS,

       2)     records located in CERCLIS, but not in WasteLAN,

       3)     records found in both WasteLAN and CERCLIS but containing data discrepancies
              between the  two databases.

 8.3.6  Regional Reconciliation  of WasteLAN/CERCLIS

 Using  the  information contained in the database compare reports,  the WasteLAN System
 Administrator  is  responsible for  reconciling  the WasteLAN/CERCLIS  data  discrepancies
 identified by the database  compare operation.  Any of the following three actions may be
 necessary to synchronize data between WasteLAN and CERCLIS:

       1)     reset  WasteLAN  records  with  discrepancies to  be uploaded  as MODIFYs
              (WasteLAN  System Administration),

       2)     add/delete (on CERCLIS mainframe) records that should/should not exist,

       3)     add/delete (in WasteLAN) records that should/should not exist.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
8-29

-------
 UPLOAD MENU
        ui u
       13 ii

        *8
       . ui
        u
a. v> .

s5:i
 ,. H
    n
_   u
a. z n
zi t- M
       .
        U II
        2 !!
          u
          ii
          n
          ii
          n
       I (0 II
       • hi n
       » •• N
       > (V II
             3 (M
!i e
ii *
II X
M —
II — *
II
II Z
II —1
II 1-
II X
II CJ
i 
II U
II <
II -V
:: *
u
H Z
II U
!! °
II IB
II 3
u in
II K-
!!£
iife
H f-
II C
II U
II C
ii «
S2!
2£

Ul C
O. r
II >•!>
It >- p
!! Dr






10
8
o
^
o
2
U





23

00
X ft
5
u> 
u in
3T O
-J O
§1
•J 10
• a o
i v> o
5 	
» H- i— <
1 ^KS
3 O O <
3x IM <
u o <
S Ok n
—
5
(/i
X
•—
«
h—
W
I
UJ
Of
_l
a.
5
u
u.
Ul
0
_l
*-
S
u
^
(A
<
OFFSITE
_i
^
y
i
£
u

UJ
^
2
*t
^
Z
4t
**»
%
LJ
O
i
5;
UJ -
fe:
R
0
S
si
2£

WC
a. v
>• ^
»— r
3 0






•*1
^-
D
B





a fO
•- o

h-
ro
5S
*^
o>
ui ru
5?:
o o
	
^2CDO 10003
UJ &>
U ir>
z 0
5s
O Ul
U 0
J M
i  O
? ^r^<
J °fti
a o «- <
a K N. <
u u o <

J- MO
a
j
                                                                                 ro
                                                                                 oo

8-30
                        WASTELAN SYSTEM

                     ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
    03/11/92

VERSION 4.0

-------
      WASTELAN
SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION
       MANUAL
      CHAPTER 9
   REPORT MENU
        03/11/92
      VERSION 4.0
        FINAL

-------

-------
 REPORT MENU
                        CHAPTER 9:  REPORT MENU
 The WasteLAN System Administration menu includes a Report Menu option.  This option
 provides access to certain system-generated reports not available on the Reports menu accessec-
 from the main menu of WasteLAN. Some of these reports are resource-intensive and may affe..
 network performance; others contain sensitive information that should not be available to a
 WasteLAN users. Therefore, access to these reports is available only to the WasteLAN System
 Administrator.

 To access the System Administration  Report Menu, first log in to  WasteLAN to display the
 WasteLAN main menu (see Chapter 4, Section 4.1.1 for WasteLAN access procedures). Then,
 select  option 9, "System Administration."  The WasteLAN  System Administration menu
 appears, as illustrated below in Exhibit 9-1.









1) USER INFORMATION
2) UNLOCK RECORDS
3) RE- INDEX DATABASES
4) DATABASE DIRECTORY
5) REGIONAL FIELDS

UFM1I _
8) REPORT HENU
9) ADD NEWS ALERTS
10) NSI MAINTENANCE HENU
11) SUBEVENT/MILESTONE COOES
12) LINKS BATCH ROUTINE
6} REGIONAL PROJECT MANAGERS 13) HASGEN
7) UPLOAD MENU










                              ENTER SELECTION   1-13   Leave [ 1
                       Exhibit 9-1  System Administration Menu

Selecting option 8 on the System Administration menu displays the Report Menu, as illustrated
in Exhibit 9-2.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
9-1

-------
                                                                      REPORT MENU














Mf Mil 	 «« 	 L
1) S.3 REPORT 5) SYSTEM ERROR REPORT
2} RESET S.3 REPORT VALUES 6) NON-HATCHING PLNNO. OBL.
3) USER ID & RIGHTS REPORT 7) NON-HATCHING ACTL. OBL.
4) DELETION AUDIT TRAIL 8) HISSING ACN/DCN NUMBERS

ENTER SELECTION 1-8 Leave [ ]












                    Exhibit 9-2 System Administration Report Menu

The following sections briefly describe the options on the System Administration Report Menu.
Consult the WasteLAN Reports Library  for more detailed information and examples of the
reports available on this menu.

9.1    S.3 REPORT

Option 1 on the Report Menu is used to generate the S.3 Report.  Modeled after the mainframe
S.3 Report, this report totals Pre-Remedial  event starts and completions, prior FY starts and
completions, starts and completions by FYQ, total FY starts and completions, subsequent FY
starts and  completions, total number of sites, and total number of National Priorities Listing
(NPL) sites.  Selection criteria include fiscal year, state,  and region.
     Warning:  The S.3 Report monopolizes system resources for several  hours.  Plan
     carefully before generating this report; choose a time when no other users are logged
     in to the system.
9-2
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
    03/11/92,
VERSION 4.0'

-------
 REPORT MENU
 9.2    RESET S.3 REPORT VALUES

 Option 2 on the Report Menu does not actually generate a report, but it is used to reset the
 values in the S.3 multi-user table.  These values may need to be reset when access  to the S.3
 Report is denied and a message similar to the following appears on the screen:  REPORT
 DATA FOR THIS FISCAL YEAR IS BEING RECALCULATED. TRY AGAIN.  If this
 message appears when you attempt to generate the S.3 Report, then return to the Report Menu
 and select option 2 to reset the S.3 Report values.

 9.3    USER ID & RIGHTS REPORT

 Option 3 on the Report Menu is used to print out the User ID & Rights Report. This report lists
 the names of all current WasteLAN users and shows their corresponding system access rights.
 (See Chapter 5 of this manual for information on user access rights.) Important:  Passwords are
 not listed on the User ID & Rights Report.

 Use this report to promote WasteLAN data security by 1) ensuring that users have correct access
 privileges, and 2) deleting the names of users who no longer require WasteLAN access. The
 latter measure applies especially to visitors, contractors, and users with System Administration
 privileges.
     Essential:  The User ID & Rights Report contains sensitive user information.  For
     obvious security  reasons, only the WasteLAN System Administrator  and other
     properly qualified personnel, such as the Information Management Coordinator (IMC),
     should have access to this report. Furthermore, the WasteLAN System Administrator
     should  maintain a current  copy of this report (no more than  two weeks  old) at all
     times.
9.4    DELETION AUDIT TRAIL

Selecting option 4 on the Report Menu generates the Deletion Audit Trail report. This report,
modeled after the mainframe Site Dump Report, prints out all deleted records associated with
a site.  The Deletion Audit Trail prints the deleted records, as well as the name of the user who
deleted each record, and the date and time of deletion.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
9-3

-------
                                                                       REPORT MENU
 9.5   SYSTEM ERROR REPORT
 Option 5 on the Report Menu is used to print the WasteLAN System Error Report. This report
 provides details on WasteLAN  system errors, such as the date, time, and program in which the
 error occurred, the specific error message, the line of program code and database involved, the
 site reference number (SID) of the record involved, and the name of the user who encountered
 the error. Use this report to assist in troubleshooting and resolving system errors.
     Important:  This report must be generated after data is deleted in WasteLAN but
     before the next upload is executed.  This timing is important, because when records
     flagged as "deletes" in WasteLAN are uploaded, they are removed from WasteLAN
     and are therefore not available for inclusion in the Deletion Audit Trail report.
9.6    MATCHING PLANNED

Option 6 on the Report Menu is used to print the Matching Planned Obligation report.  This
report is an edit check report that the WasteLAN System Administrator should examine before
executing  an upload.  Discrepancies listed on this report can be corrected before the upload,
thereby reducing the potential for rejected records.

The Matching Planned Obligation report lists any RI/FS (CO), Remedial Design (RD), Remedial
Action  (RA),  or Community  Relations (CR)  events  that do  not  have matching  planned
obligations.  In other words, the fiscal year/quarter (FYQ) of the planned obligation does  not
match the FYQ of the event planned start date.

9.7    MATCHING ACTUAL

Option 7 on the Report Menu is used to print the Matching Actual Obligation report.  Like  the
Matching  Planned Obligation report,  this report is an edit check report  that the WasteLAN
System Administrator should examine before executing an upload. Discrepancies listed on this
report can be corrected before the upload, thereby reducing the potential for rejected records.

Also like the Matching Planned Obligation report, the Matching Actual Obligation report lists
any RI/FS (CO), Remedial Design (RD), Remedial Action (RA), or Community Relations (CR)
events that do  not have matching actual  obligations.  In other words, the fiscal year/quarter
(FYQ) of the actual  obligation does not match the FYQ  of the event actual start date.
9-4
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
 REPORT MENU
 9.8    MISSING ACN/DCN NUMBERS

 Option 8 on the System Administration Report Menu is used to generate the Missing ACN/DCN
 Numbers report. This is another edit check report; it lists any WasteLAN financial records that
 do not have an Account Number (ACN) and/or Document Control Number (DCN). ACN/DCN
 numbers are required for the transfer of financial records between WasteLAN and the Integrated
 Financial Management System (IFMS) through CERCLIS.

 9.9    LINKS BATCH ROUTINE

 Although not included on the System Administration Report Menu, the Links Batch Routine is
 a  System  Administration Report.  The Links Batch Routine,  Option 12 on the  System
 Administration Menu, checks sites that have not previously been checked for circular and multi-
 headed links. The batch routine uses WasteLAN report Audit-08 to list all sites and the specific
 records  with circular links, multi-headed links, or both.
     Important: The Links Batch Routine must be run prior to an upload to ensure that all
     links data has been checked and discrepancies corrected so that links data will be
     available for reports.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
9-5

-------

-------
      WASTELAN
SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION
       MANUAL
      CHAPTER 10
ADD NEWS ALERTS
        03/11/92
      VERSION 4.0
        FINAL

-------

-------
                                                                  ADD NEWS ALERTS
                    CHAPTER 10:  ADD NEWS ALERTS

 News alerts are items of important information "posted" in WasteLAN by the WasteLAN System
 Administrator.  Only the System Administrator can add,  edit, and delete news alerts, but all
 WasteLAN users have view access to news alerts and should check them regularly.

 News alerts are posted using the "Add News Alerts" option on the System Administration menu.
 To access this option, first log  in to WasteLAN to display the WasteLAN main menu (see
 Chapter 4, Section 4.1.1 for WasteLAN access procedures). Then, select option 9, "System
 Administration." The WasteLAN System Administration menu appears, as illustrated below in
 Exhibit 10-1.









1) USER INFORMATION
2) UNLOCK RECORDS
3) RE -INDEX DATABASES
4) DATABASE DIRECTORY
5) REGIONAL FIELDS


8) REPORT MENU
9} ADD NEWS ALERTS
10) NSI MAINTENANCE MENU
11) SUBE VENT/MILESTONE CODES
12) LINKS BATCH ROUTINE
6) REGIONAL PROJECT MANAGERS 13) MASGEN
7) UPLOAD MENU









                              ENTER SELECTION   1-13   Leave [ ]
                       Exhibit 10-1  System Administration Menu

Selecting option 9, "Add News Alerts," displays the screen used to add, edit, and delete news
alerts.  Exhibit 10-2 illustrates this screen.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
10-1

-------
 ADD NEWS ALERTS
                                         NEWS ALERTS
                    DATE
                                  NEWS ALERTS
                  01/18/91  WASTELAN DATA ENTRY MEETING - 3 P.M. TODAY
                  01/18/91  ALL USERS MUST BE LOGGED OUT OF UASTELAN BY 4 P.M. TODAY
                  Forward
Add
Edit
Delete
                                                                 Leave
                          Exhibit 10-2  Add News Alerts Screen

The screen shows any existing news alerts and the date they were created.  If no news alerts
exist, only "Add" and "Leave" options appear on the status line, and the following message
appears on the screen: THERE ARE NO NEWS ALERTS.

To add a news alert, enter "A" (for "Add"). Date and text fields appear at the bottom of the
screen.  Although the current date is displayed in the date field, it can be overwritten.

Pressing < Enter> at the date field places the cursor at the news alert text field. Type the text
of the news alert; this field allows up to  60 characters (one line).  Pressing < Enter >  after
typing the news alert text adds the news alert and places the cursor at the status line.

If more  news alerts exist than can be seen on the first screen,  the status line will include a
"Forward" option for accessing the next screen of news alerts.  Subsequent screens will include
a "Back" option for returning to the previous screen.

To edit an existing news alert on the current screen, enter "E" (for "Edit") at the status line.
The following selection  prompt appears at the bottom of the screen:  Use t  or  4  -  press
 to select.  As the prompt indicates, use the < t > and  < * > keys to move the light
bar and highlight the desired  news alert, and press the  < Enter > key to select it. The cursor
moves to the first character  of the date field; make the necessary change(s)  and/or press
10-2
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
                                       03/11/92
                                  VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                     ADD NEWS ALERTS
 < Enter > to move the cursor to the news alert text field.  Make the necessary change(s) to the
 news alert text and/or press < Enter > .  The change is reflected  immediately, and the cursor
 returns to the status line.

 To delete an existing news alert on the current screen, enter "D" (for "Delete") at the status line.
 The following  selection prompt appears at the bottom of the  screen:  Use  t or * - press
 < Enter > to select.  As the prompt indicates, use the < t > and < i > keys to move the light
 bar and highlight the desired news alert,  and press the  < Enter > key to  select  it.   The
 following deletion prompt then appears at the bottom of the screen:   PRESS Y TO DELETE
 [N].  The default response is "N"  (for "No"), so pressing  leaves the news alert
 unchanged. Type "Y" (for "Yes") and press  to delete the selected news alert.  The
 news alert disappears  and  the cursor returns to the status line.

 To exit the News Alerts screen, enter "L"  (for "Leave").  The System Administration menu
 reappears.
     Recommendation:  Make it a habit to delete old news alerts when they are no longer
     applicable. This practice reduces possible confusion for users viewing the alerts and
     frees up memory space.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
10-3

-------

-------
      WASTELAN
SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION
      MANUAL
     APPENDIX A


    WASTELAN
 ERROR MESSAGES
       03/11/92
      VERSION 4.0
        FINAL

-------

-------
                                                                        ERROR MESSAGES

               APPENDIX A: WASTELAN ERROR MESSAGES

 Error messages appear on WasteLAN screens as a result of edit check routines associated with
 data entry and option selection. Generally, error messages appear at the bottom of the screen
 (highlighted in red on color monitors) and disappear after a few seconds. This Appendix lists
 some  of the most common error messages encountered in WasteLAN. The  source (program
 area, module, or screen) of the message is listed, along with the cause and/or resolution of the
 error.
       ERROR MESSAGE
       SOURCE
        CAUSE/RESOLUTION
     A PLAN OR ACTUAL
    START DATE MUST BE
          ENTERED.

    A PLAN COMPLETE OR
     ACTUAL COMPLETE
  DATE MUST BE ENTERED.
Data  screens   containing
Planned or Actual Stan and
Complete Date Fields
The selected event or activity type requires
the specified date(s).

When the  message disappears, enter the
appropriate  Planned/Actual  Start/complete
date(s).
    ACTUAL START DATE
    CANNOT BE GREATER
    THAN CURRENT DATE.

     ACTUAL COMPLETE
      DATE CANNOT BE
     GREATER THAN THE
       CURRENT DATE.
Data  screens  containing
Actual   Start   and/or
Complete date fields
The actual Start  or Complete date of an
event or activity cannot be a future date. In
other words, the  Actual Start or Complete
date must be entered in the system on the
day of or after the actual start or complete
has occurred.

When  the  message disappears,  enter the
appropriate Actual Start and/or Complete
date.
  BEGINNING OF SELECTED
            LIST.
Various screens
When the first record that satisfies a certain
condition   is  displayed,  selecting  the
"Previous"  or "Back" option  presents this
message.
   END OF THE SELECTED
            LIST
Various screens
When the last record that satisfies a certain
condition record is displayed, selecting the
"Next" or "Forward"  option presents this
message.
  ENFORCEMENT ACTIVITY
     NOT FOUND AT THIS
  SITE... PLEASE RE-ENTER
Non-Site Specific module
The enforcement activity code entered does
not exist at the selected site or is otherwise
invalid.

When  the message disappears,  enter the
appropriate enforcement activity code.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
      WASTELAN SYSTEM
   ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
                                 A-l

-------
 ERROR MESSAGES
       ERROR MESSAGE
        SOURCE
         CAUSE/RESOLUTION
     EVENT NOT FOUND...
    CANNOT UPDATE LEAD
Target Sites screen in Non-
Site Specific module
Choosing  the "Update Lead  From  Event
File" option on the Target Sites screen when
there is no corresponding event in the C2100
(event) database  presents this message. The
target site lead will remain unchanged.
       EVENT SEQUENCE
      NUMBER REQUIRED
Takeover  field  on Event
Summary  screen ("ADD"
or 'EDIT*)
When  an event  code is entered  in  the
takeover, the code must be followed by a
sequence number to distinguish  between
multiple occurrences of the same takeover
event type.

Exception:  The  values  "T"  and  "TT"
(indicating subsequent   takeovers)  in  the
takeover  fields do not require a sequence
number.

When  the message  disappears, enter  the
appropriate   sequence  number  after  the
takeover event code.
   'FED AGENCY PRP' FIELD
   MUST CONTAIN A 'Y' TO
   ACCESS THIS FUNCTION
Site Summary screen 1 of 2
Selecting the "PRP Information* option in
the Menu options window when the Fed
Agency PRP field contains an "N" generates
this message.

If appropriate, use the "Edit" option on the
status line to change the Fed Agency  PRP
field to "Y."
   [FILENAME] FILE IN USE.
      TRY AGAIN LATER
Various screens
When a record is being added in WasteLAN,
the system  locks  the associated database
file(s) by assigning an FLOCKQ value of
"T" (for True).

If you attempt to access a file that is already
locked,  the system assigns an   "F"  (for
False")  and  presents  this error  message,
indicating that the file cannot be locked. Try
accessing the file (adding the record) later.
A-2
      WASTELAN SYSTEM
   ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
                               03/11/92
                           VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                              ERROR MESSAGES
       ERROR MESSAGE
    HISTORICAL DATA. NO
       ADDS, MODIFIES,
     DELETES ALLOWED.

     < PRESS ANY KEY TO
         CONTINUE >
   IFMS TRANSACTIONS ARE
    ASSOCIATED WITH THIS
     RECORD - DELETION
            DENIED
    INVALID [SITE] NAME.
      PLEASE RE-ENTER.
       INVALID PHONE
   NUMBER. . .PLEASE RE-
            ENTER
     INVALID SELECTION.
      PLEASE RE-ENTER
      INVALID ZIP CODE
     ...PLEASE RE-ENTER
        SOURCE
 'ADD" or  "EDIT"  data
 screens, such as Event and
 Activity Summary screens
 for  historical  events or
 activities
Various   "ADD"
"EDIT" data screens
and
Name field on Site Search
by  State/Name and  Site
search by Alias screens.
Data screens containing a
(contact)   phone  number
field
Various status lines
Data  and   Site  Search
screens  containing  a zip
code field
              CAUSE/RESOLUTION
      An attempt  was made to add,  change, or
      record delete data classified as historical, or
      data associated with a historical record.

      Historical  data  is   no  longer  "active";
      however,  it remains  available  for viewing
      purposes.
If an event, enforcement activity, or nonsite
incident (NSI) activity contains financial
records that have been updated with IFMS
information  via  CERCLIS,   then   the
corresponding event, activity (enforcement
or  NSI),  site,  and  operable  unit  (if
applicable) records cannot be deleted from
WasteLAN.
      No  match  exists  in the database  for the
      characters  entered.  When  the  message
      disappears, enter a different name, Or, press
      < ENTER > at the Name field to access the
      status line, enter "L" (for leave) to return to
      the  Site  menu, and  select a different site
      search option.
      The phone numbered entered contains invalid
      characters  or does  not  contain  enough
      characters.

      When  the  message disappears,  enter the
      complete, correct phone number.
      The option selected does not appear on the
      status line.
                                                         Highlighted letters or numbers on the status
                                                         line indicate valid entries.

                                                         When  the  message disappears,  enter  an
                                                         appropriate selection.
      The zip code entered has an invalid length.
      The zip code must be 5 or 9 numbers long.

      When the message disappears, enter a valid
      zip code.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
       WASTELAN SYSTEM
   ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
                                         A-3

-------
 ERROR MESSAGES
       ERROR MESSAGE
    MAXIMUM NUMBER OF
        EVENT [EVENT
      TYPEJHAVE BEEN
          ENTERED
    MAXIMUM NUMBER OF
    TYPE [ENFORCEMENT
      DATA TYPE, E.G.,
  MILESTONES] HAVE BEEN
          ENTERED
     ALL STATUTES HAVE
  ALREADY BEEN ENTERED
      NO [RECORD TYPE]
    RECORDS FOUND FOR
     THIS ENFORCEMENT
          ACTIVITY
     NO [RECORD TYPE]
    RECORDS FOUND FOR
         THIS EVENT
        SOURCE
Event  Summary  "ADD"
screen
Data screens for supporting
enforcement  data  types,
e.g.  milestones,  remedies,
statutes, etc.
Summary or data  screens
for Enforcement supporting
data types, e.g., milestones,
remedies,  statutes,  case
budget, etc.
Summary or data  screens
for  Event  supporting data
types,   e.g.,comments,
technical   information,
chemical   information,
financial information, etc.
         CAUSE/RESOLUTION
A maximum of nine occurrences of the same
event type are allowed per operable unit
(opunit). Additional occurrences of the same
event type must be entered under a different
opunit.

Enter the desired event  type  under  a
different, existing opunit,  or create a new
opunit. The Menu options window accessed
from an  Event Summary screen contains an
"Add Opunit" option that can be used to
create a new opunit.
The  chosen  enforcement activity  already
contains   the   maximum   number   of
occurrences of the selected data type.
No records of the selected type have been
entered for the specified site and activity.

Generally, entering "A" (for "ADD") at the
status iine allows you to enter a new record
of the selected type for the chosen site and
activity. If you do not want to  add a new
record, enter "L" (for "Leave") at the status
line.
No records of the selected type have been
entered for the specified site and event.

Generally, entering "A" (for "ADD") at the
status line allows you to enter a new record
of the selected type for the chosen site and
event. If you do not  want to add a new
record, enter "L" (for "Leave") at the status
line.
1
A-4
      WASTELAN SYSTEM
   ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
                               03/11/92
                          VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                            ERROR MESSAGES
       ERROR MESSAGE
        SOURCE
         CAUSE/RESOLUTION
     NO RECORDS FOUND

   NO RECORDS [FOUND] TO
             EDIT
Repeat   fields   (Alias
information  screen,  ISIF
data  screens),  ISIF  action
options pop-up window
   NO RECORDS [FOUND] TO
           DELETE
This message appears when no records exist
of the selected repeat field or ISIF type.

At repeat fields, entering "A" (for "ADD")
allows you to add a new record and entering
"C" (for "Continue") allows you to move to
the next field or status line on the screen.

If you encounter this message at the ISIF
action options pop-up window,  the system
automatically returns you to the integrated
SIF menu.
   OPERABLE UNIT (XX) NOT
    FOUND AT THIS SITE...
      PLEASE RE-ENTER
Opunit field on the Target
Sites Update screen in the
Non-Site Specific module
A non-existing or otherwise invalid operable
unit (opunit) was entered in the Opunit field.

When the message disappears, enter  the
appropriate opunit.
      PLAN START DATE
    CANNOT BE GREATER
    THAN PLAN COMPLETE
             DATE
Data  screens  containing
Planned and/or Actual Start
and Complete date fields
    ACTUAL START DATE
    CANNOT BE GREATER
        THAN ACTUAL
       COMPLETE DATE
The Planned or Actual Start date of an event
or activity cannot occur after the Planned or
Actual Complete date of the activity.

When the  message  disappears, enter  the
appropriate Planned and/or Actual Start and
Complete dates.
       PLEASE MARK A
    SELECTION WITH AN X.
ISIF Report Panel
The    key was pressed  when no
fields were selected in the current window.

Type an "X" in the appropriate field(s) to
mark the desired selection(s).
   QUARTER DESIGNATION
    MUST BE A 1,2,3, OR 4
Quarter selection and data
fields   in  the  Non-Site
Specific module
An  invalid  character was  entered  in  the
Quarter field.

When the  message  disappears, enter  the
appropriate quarter of the fiscal year (FY).
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
       WASTELAN SYSTEM
   ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
                                   A-5

-------
 ERROR MESSAGES
       ERROR MESSAGE
        SOURCE
         CAUSE/RESOLUTION
     REFERENCE NUMBER
         NOT FOUND
Site selection screens
The site reference number entered on a site
selection  screen does not exist in the data
base.

When  the message disappears, enter the
correct site reference number, or enter "L"
to leave the site selection screen.
     REMEDY CODE MUST
     INCLUDE SEQUENCER
     (I.E., XXI) . . . PLEASE
          RE-ENTER
Remedies data screen
This message appears when a remedy code is
selected from  the  Remedy  Type  pop-up
window, or when a remedy code without a
sequencer  is  manually  entered   in  the
Remedies data screen.

A sequencer is a  numeric  indicator that
distinguishes between  multiple occurrences
of the same remedy type.

When  the message disappears, enter  the
appropriate  sequence  number  after  the
remedy code.
        SCAP LOCKOUT
  CURRENTLY IN PROGRESS
Screens   containing   the
following fields, which are
defined  as  SCAP  fields:
Planned Start and Complete
dates (events and activities),
Planned  Obligation  fields,
and Planning Status fields
When the Global SCAP Lockout feature  is
enabled, write access (add, edit, and delete
capability) to the site and  its associated
records is restricted.

The WasteLAN  System Administrator can
assign  write access  for  SCAP  fields  to
specific users.

If you are authorized to add, change,  or
delete SCAP information for the selected
site,  contact  the  System  Administrator  to
have your user ID added to the SCAP user
exception file.
A-6
      WASTELAN SYSTEM
   ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
                               03/11/92
                           VERSION 4.0J

-------
                                                                             ERROR MESSAGES
       ERROR MESSAGE
   SITE LOCKING ENABLED
       NO ADDS, EDITS,
      DELETES ALLOWED
     THIS [RECORD TYPE]
     RECORD CANNOT BE
           LOCKED
        SOURCE
"ADD"  or  "EDIT' data
screens,   such  as  Site,
Event,   and   Activity
Summary screens
Various screens
         CAUSE/RESOLUTION
When the  Site Locking feature is enabled,
write access (add, edit, and delete capability)
to the site and its  associated  records  is
restricted.

The WasteLAN  System  Administrator can
assign  write  accessfor  specific sites  to
individual users.

If you are authorized to add,  change or
delete information for the selected dite,
contact the WasteLAN System Administrator
for site access assignment.
When a record is being modified or deleted,
the system places  a  physical  lock on the
record by assigning an  RLOCK() value of
"T"  for (for "True").  This  record lock
prevents other users from updating the same
record at the same time.

If you attempt to access a record being
modified or deleted by  another  user, the
system assigns an  RLOCKQ value of "F"
(for   "False")  and  presents  this   error
message, indicating that the record cannot be
locked. Try accessing the record later
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
       WASTELAN SYSTEM
   ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
                                   A-l

-------
 ERROR MESSAGES
       ERROR MESSAGE
       SOURCE
        CAUSE/RESOLUTION
     THIS ACN/DCN PAIR
     EXISTS IN THE FUND
        VALID TABLE

     THIS ACN/DCN PAIR
        EXISTS IN THE
    ENFORCEMENT VALID
           TABLE
Financial data screens and
Add/Delete   ACN/DCN
screens  (for  fund,  case
budget, and NSI financial
types)
     THIS ACN/DCN PAIR
     EXISTS AT ANOTHER
           EVENT

     THIS ACN/DCN PAIR
     EXISTS AT ANOTHER
          ACTIVITY

   ACN/SCN PAIR ALREADY
      ADDED FOR THIS
          ACTIVITY
The account number (ACN) and document
control number (DCN) entered already exist
in the database.

A valid,  unique ACN/DCN pair is required
for  successful  transfer  of  financial data
between  WasteLAN and IFMS  (through
CERCLIS).

When the  message  disappears,  enter the
correct ACN and DCN  in the appropriate
fields.
  THIS DATE CANNOT BE A
       FUTURE DATE.
(Compliance Status) Change
Date  field  on   Activity
Summary Screen, and date
on  financial data screens
(fund, case  budget,  cost
recovery,   and  NSI
financial)
This message is self-explanatory. The date
entered in the (Compliance Status) Change
Date field on an Activity Summary screen or
the  Date field on a financial data screen
cannot be greater than the current date.

When the message disappears, enter a valid
date.
     THIS IS AN INVALID
     [DATA ELEMENT]...
      PLEASE RE-ENTER
Various screens
Incorrect data was  entered in a particular
field. For example, a number was entered in
a field that requires alpha characters.

When the  message disappears,  enter the
appropriate data in the field.
A-8
      WASTELAN SYSTEM
   ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
                              03/11/92
                         VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                      ERROR MESSAGES
      ERROR MESSAGE
       SOURCE
        CAUSE/RESOLUTION
     THIS IS AN INVALID
    ACCOUNT NUMBER...
      PLEASE RE-ENTER
     ACCOUNT NUMBER
     CANNOT BE BLANK
Financial data screens and
Add/Delete   ACN/DCN
screens  (for  fund,  case
budget, and NSI financial)
A  blank or otherwise invalid  entry  was
entered in the ACN (account number) field.

When the message  disappears, enter the
appropriate  account  number  in the ACN
field.
        AN ACN/DCN
      COMBINATION IS
     REQUIRED FOR THIS
      FINANCIAL TYPE
  THIS ACN/DCN PAIR NOT
      FOUND FOR THIS
         ACTIVITY
     THIS IS AN INVALID
    DOCUMENT CONTROL
    NUMBER... PLEASE RE-
           ENTER
Financial data screens and
Add/Delete   ACN/DCN
screens  (for  fund,  case
budget, and NSI financial)
    DOCUMENT CONTROL
    NUMBER CANNOT BE
           BLANK
        AN ACN/DCN
      COMBINATION IS
     REQUIRED FOR THIS
      FINANCIAL TYPE
A  blank or  otherwise invalid  entry  was
entered  in  the  DCN  (document control
number) field.

A valid, unique ACN/DCN pair is required
for  successful  transfer  of  financial  data
between  WasteLAN and IFMS (through
CERCLIS).

When the message  disappears, enter the
appropriate document control number in the
DCN field.
  THIS ACN/DCN PAIR NOT
      FOUND FOR THIS
         ACTIVITY
   THIS IS AN INVALID EPA
             ID
EPA ID  field on  Site
Search by EPA ID screen
and  Site  "ADD"  and
"EDIT" screens
The EPA ID entered does not exist or is
otherwise invalid. Consult the CERCLIS
documentation for proper EPA ID format.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
      WASTELAN SYSTEM
   ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
                                                                                    A-9

-------
 ERROR MESSAGES
       ERROR MESSAGE
        SOURCE
         CAUSE/RESOLUTION
    THIS RECORD IS BEING
     EDITED AT ANOTHER
           STATION!
Various screens
When a record is being added, modified, or
deleted, the WasteLAN system places a lock
on a record by changing the IN_USE value
from "0" to  "1."  This lock prevents other
users from updating the same record at the
same time.

Normally, when the update is complete, the
system changes the IN_USE value from "1"
back to "0" to unlock the record. However,
a system disruption may cause the record to
remain locked even when no one is accessing
it.

Users  encountering  this  problem should
contact the WasteLAN System Administrator
to have the record unlocked.
   WORK ASSIGNMENT NO.
   MUST BEGIN WITH A 'C'
    FOR 'TES' CONTRACT
           VEHICLE
Financial data screens
The work assignment number entered begins
with a value other than the letter "C."

When the message disappears, enter a "C" in
front of the work assignment number.
      YOU DO NOT HAVE
  [PROGRAM AREA] RIGHTS
    Example: YOU DO NOT
    HAVE ENFORCEMENT
        AREA RIGHTS
Various screens
Access rights to the selected program area or
module have not been assigned to your user
ID.

If you are authorized to access the selected
area  or module,  contact the WasteLAN
System  Administrator  to  obtain   the
appropriate access  rights.
    YOU MAY NOT SELECT
   BOTH REF NO. AND SITE
            NAME.
IS1F Report Panel
Both the site reference number and site name
were selected in the Print ISIF II by window
(used to define sort order).

The system cannot sort both of these fields;
specify one or the other.
A-10
      WASTELAN SYSTEM
   ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
                               03/11/92
                          VERSION 4.0

-------
        WASTELAN
  SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION
         MANUAL
       APPENDIX B
WASTELAN DATABASES
          03/11/92
        VERSION 4.0
          FINAL

-------

-------
 WASTELAN DATABASES
                APPENDIX B:  WASTELAN DATABASES
 This appendix lists the databases used by the WasteLAN application. Use this information to
 determine which database(s) to specify when using the "Unlock Records" or "Re-Index
 Databases" function in the WasteLAN System Administration module.
DATABASE
ACTLINK
COOOO
C0600
C1100
C1200
C1500
C1570
C1600
C1700
C1790
C1800
C1800
C1800
C1800
C1800
C1800
C1800
C1800
C1800
C1800
C1800
C1800
C1800
C1800
C1800
C1800
INFORMATION TYPE
Event and Activity Links
Site
RCRA
Operable Unit
Alias
Federal Aeency PRP
Media
Rolodex
Enforcement Activity
Enforcement Valid ACN/DCN
Case Budget Financial Comment
Case Budeet Financial Comment Line
Cost Recovery Financial Comment
Cost Recovery Financial Comment Line
Enforcement Activity Comment
Enforcement Activity Comment Line
Event Comment
Event Comment Line
Fund Financial Comment
Fund Financial Comment Line
Milestone Comment
Milestone Comment Line
Site Comment
Site Comment Line
Subevent Comment
Subevent Comment Line
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
B-l

-------
                                                           WASTELAN DATABASES
DATABASE
C1850
C1900
C2100
C2180
C2190
C2200
C2300
C2310
C2500
C2600
C2710
C2730
C2770
C2800
C2900
C3100
C3200
C3400
C3700
P0200
P0300
P0400
P0800
P1200
P1250
P1400
PI 480
P1490
P2200

INFORMATION TYPE
Activity Text
USAGE Data
Event
RCRA
Fund Valid ACN/DCN
Alias Location
Operable Unit Comment
Operable Unit Comment Line
Material
Case Budeet Financial
Enforcement Compliance
Remedjy
Statute
Milestone
Cost Recovery Financial
Subevent
Financial
Technical Information
Chemical
Targets/Accomplishments
Budeet Control/Advice of Allowance
Non-Site Incident Activities
RA Priority Sites
Targets
Accomplishments
Non-Site Incident Financial
Financial Valid Table
Non-Site Incident Valid ACN/DCN
Tareet Sites

B-2
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
 WASTELAN DATABASES


 Records in the ISIF module of wasteLAN use a combination of databases. Use the following
 list to determine which database files to unlock/re-index if records in the ISIF module are
 locked or corrupted.
                   DATABASES
                       coooo
                       C1700
                       C2600
                       C2800
                       COOOO
                       C1700
                       C2600
                       C2730
                       C2770
                       C2800
                       C2900
                       COOOO
                       C1100
                       C1700
                       C2100
                       C2600
                       C3100
                       C3200
                      COOOO
                      C1700
                      C2600
                      C2730
                      C2770
                      C2800
                      C2900
                      COOOO
                      C1100
                      C1700
                      C2100
                      C3100
                      C3200
             ISIF INFORMATION TYPE
                       RP Search
                RI/FS Negotiations/Outcome
                   RI/FS Implementation
               RD/RA Negotiations/Outcome
                  RD/RA Implementation
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
B-3

-------
                                                               WASTELAN DATABASES
                  DATABASES
                      coooo
                      cnoo
                      C1700
                      C2100
                      C2600
                      C2730
                      C2770
                      C2800
                      C3100
                      COOOO
                      C1700
                      C2100
                      C2600
                      C2900
                      C3200
                      COOOO
                      C1700
                      C2600
                      C2730
                      C2770
                      C2800
            ISIF INFORMATION TYPE
                   Litigation/Outcome
                  Miscellaneous Events
                  Enforcement Activities
B-4
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
          WASTELAN
    SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION
          MANUAL
         APPENDIX C


    CERCLIS/WASTELAN
      DATA TRANSFER
FILE NAMING CONVENTIONS
           03/11/92
          VERSION 4.0
            FINAL

-------

-------
                                                  FILE NAMING CONVENTIONS
E
H
CERCLIS REFOR'

1
Z
u
*w

^^
^
0
I
fit
•j^l
F1



U
KM
E^
*
fLt
1

j-
Os
^j
ft
st
^^
5
^^
••
Jj

.t
•O EC
Convert Report
NTSx.Rrr.uid.Dyvmmd
Thmm.CERCUP.CONV
-
t

<


Q

i
I
X
M
^_
Z
TJ
"3
t
Ul
I~~


<
5 U
W:WASTEL/
UPLOAD.AS
T

o
4
O
^

Z
~J ^
UJ S
f/i EE
II
,| , i .1

"? EC 1 ? 0 "g Z
gh- £h- Eo EO
|5 1^ c|^ |o
^qg IS |q^% |6*|
5?oc tI2< «,!2Be o.Sm
JX^UJ 0 = A ?3UJ 53T
• to §••- ct^ t
^Wp %C/)flC wWjz C(/)j±
"l-j: 3Kuj oHj; ol-j:
2ZK  ? ^-
t

X
CC
UJ
o

T3
Q
X
(/>
^
Z
•o
'3
t
>
I
0
£C
Z

3 u
£%
V) •
11












t t
• QC -DC
•D •«• "O L_
Matrix Report
NTSx.Rrr.uid.Dyymmd
Thhmm.HEL.PUP.MTR)
Audit Report
NTSx . R rr .uid . Dyymmd
Thhmm.HELPUP.AUDl
5 «

E
K
•d <

c ^
E q
fl
oc ^
x O
(/) CC
t- u
ZO T

>
I
u
EC
< u
^ ^
£§
2"
Hi

cs ce
UJ
Z LL
< in
— > Z
UJ ^
«?
< ^

w <
j D
U v,
O it
.£
^1 LLt
Acceptance Report
NTSX.Rrr.uid.Dyymmd
Thhmm. HELPUP.ACC
'

E
£
?
^
~z <

E <
fe Q
qf
"^ 3
X in
W -J
L^ til 1
Z I *

UJ
I
(J
EC
< 0
z .5
< <
m 2
ih

 i? u-
j 2 w

K <
UJ I/) CC
y z K





|
K
T3

?
to.
ll
•D O
18
OC —
X Q
W _l
ZI 4

UJ
I
u
EC
lo
< w
W:\WASTEL
DOWNNSI.A












03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
C-l

-------
 FILE NAMING CONVENTIONS

i
I
f^
I
1
|
.
E
K
g
X
^^
Sfi
£j




u
•^
g<
§j
_,
5


£j
g
i
3
«t
^







E
|

^
1


:s
|
(C
X
z
£
>
X
u
K

Z
_!
UJ
W:\WAST










f FMS Records
O
f
i
1

g
1
? S
< i
Q U.
z t
o s
o 3.
u ^
UJ
>
I
^
CC
u ^
!2 z
a." _i
i j

CM
<
W
y>
3
c
O

(A (A
u -So
BC * BC
UJ W UJ
u "S u
S 8S
1 ^l
i w 1
0) ^ V)
H .3 K





<
^
^~
q
z*
o
0
0
CC ,
llj 1
u *





CJ
s
6
n
Z

BC

z
£u
>
X
U
K
<
Z
jj
Ul
z
IX
Z
<
M

CC
llj
u

o
tn
p _
00 0 W
Z u Z
S cc £
•g jg-g
1 t 1
'w "o t»
c _ c
• w «
£ SK






<
4g
q
?
o
u |
2 V





O
2
0
1 ;

CC
UJ
u.
1
<
O
m
u.
_c '~
o c
C z
tn <
E •
25 |
u $
c Z c
w ^ '« S2
P « "S -1

o£ O CC
o 5 c iu
CC S BC U
t


BL
o
u
E
£
J
X
V)
Z
T3
'5
fi t
>
X
U
K

z o
UJ *
jj










LIS/WasteLAN
LJ
u































«
c
£.
0
n

1































I





|
tn
'c
o
°D
BC
"5
'a
'•6
£
5
Q
u.
II
X




sar account
3
n
•o
'5

0
o
c
o
"o
c
0-
111
"S
u
1
CC
II
t




aar/month/day
>
u
•D
?
1


ours /minutes
X
n
£
E
f


1
t
3
U
t




ownload
a
n
i


                     CD
    (A
»i
                                    o
                                     ea
                                     o
C-2
    WASTELAN SYSTEM
 ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
      WASTELAN
SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION
       MANUAL
     APPENDIX D


CERCLIS/WASTELAN
 COMPARED FIELDS
        03/11/92
      VERSION 4,0
        FINAL

-------

-------
                                                          COMPARED FIELDS
      APPENDIX D: CERCLIS/WASTELAN COMPARED FIELDS
 This appendix lists the fields compared during the Automated WasteLAN/Mainframe Compare
 operation. The CERCLIS record type and corresponding field name are listed for each compared
 field.
SITE
(C2)
(C101)
(C104)
(C110)
(Clll)
(C112)
(C120)
(C135)
(C136)
(C137)
(C201)
(C226)
(C304)
(C305)
(C307)
(C315)
(C399)
(C491)
(C492)
ENTRY-STATE
ENTRY-EPA-ID
ENTRY-NAME
ENTRY-STREET
ENTRY-CITY
ENTRY-ZIP
ENTRY-CNTY-NAME
ENTRY-FEDERAL-FACILITY-FLAG
ENTRY-OWNERSHIP-INDICATOR
ENTRY-SITE-INCIDENT-CATEGORY
ENTRY-DESCRIPTION
ENTRY-CLASSIFICATION
ENTRY-NO-FURTHER-ACTION
ENTRY-STATUS
ENTRY-INCIDENT-TYPE
ENTRY-FMS-SS-ID
ENTRY-RCRA-FACILITY
ENTRY-REGION AL-FLD 1
ENTRY-REGIONAL-FLD2
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
D-l

-------
 COMPARED FIELDS
(C493)
(C494)
(C495)
(C496)
(C497)
(C498)
(C151)
(C152)
(C153)
ENTRY-REGIONAL-FLD3
ENTRY-REGIONAL-FLD4
ENTRY-REGIONAL-FLD5
ENTRY-REGIONAL-FLD6
ENTRY-REGIONAL-FLD7
ENTRY-REGIONAL-FLD8
ENTRY-FEDERAL-AGENCY-PRP-FLAG
ENTRY-STATE-PRP-FLAG
ENTRY-MUNICIPAL-PRP-FLAG
OPERABLE UNITS
(HOI)
(C1103)
(C1106)
(C1107)
(C1108)
OPERABLE-UNIT-ID
OPERABLE-UNIT-CONCAT-KEY
OPERABLE-UNIT-REGION AL-FLD 1
OPERABLE-UNIT-REGIONAL-FLD2
OPERABLE-UNIT-REGIONAL-FLD3
MEDIA
(C1571)
(C1572)
(C1573)
MEDIA-CON-MEDIUM
MEDIA-GOAL-ATTAINED
MEDIA-THREAT-ADDRESSED
ENFORCEMENT ACTIVITY
(C1701)
(C-1702)
(C1707)
(C1712)
(C1713)
(C1714)
ENF-ACT-TYPE
ENF-ACT-CONCAT-KEY
ENF-ACT-LEAD
ENF-ACT-CUR-PLN-ST ART-DATE
ENF-ACT-CUR-PLN-START-FYQ
ENF-ACT-CUR-PLN-CMPLT-DATE
D-2
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                               COMPARED FIELDS
(C1715)
(C1716)
(C1717)
(C1718)
(C1719)
(C1720)
(C1721)
(C1722)
(C1723)
(C1724)
(C1725)
(C1726)
(C1727)
(C1740)
(C1741)
(C1742)
(C1743)
(C1744)
(C1745)
(C1746)
(C1747)
ENF-ACT-CUR-PLN-CMPLT-FYQ
ENF-ACT-ACTUAL-START-DATE
ENF-ACT-ACTUAL-CMPLT-DATE
ENF-ACT-JUDICIAL-CIVIL-TYPE
ENF-ACT-NEG-LIT-OUTCOME
ENF-ACT-NUMBER-RP-DEFENDENTS
ENF-ACT-FULL-PART-SETTLEMENT
ENF-ACT-SCAP-NOTE
ENF-ACT-KONTACT-NAME
ENF-ACT-KONTACT-PHONE
ENF-ACT-SPMS-TARGET-STATUS
ENF-ACT-COMP-STATUS
ENF-ACT-COMP-CHG-DATE
ENF-ACT-REGIONAL-FIELD 1
ENF-ACT-REGIONAL-FIELD2
ENF-ACT-REGIONAL-FIELD3
ENF-ACT-REGIONAL-FIELD4
ENF-ACT-OECM-CASE-NAME
ENF-ACT-OECM-CASE-NUMBER
ENF-ACT-DOJ-CASE-NUMBER
ENF-ACT-DOJ-CASE-NUMBER
EVENT
(C2101)
(C2101)
(C2103)
(C2105)
EVENT-TYPE
EVENT-CONCAT-KEY
EVENT-QUALIFIER
EVENT-SCAP-NOTE
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
D-3

-------
 COMPARED FIELDS
(C2109)
(C2110)
(C2114)
(C2115)
(C2116)
(C2117)
(C2140)
(C2141)
(C2161)
(C2162)
(C2163)
(C2164)
EVENT-REMOVAL-APPROVAL-AUTH
EVENT-SPMS-TARGET-STATUS
EVENT-TAKEOVER-FLAG
EVENT-FIRST-START-INDICATOR
EVENT-FIRST-COMPLET-INDICATOR
EVENT-LEAD
EVENT-ACTUAL-START
EVENT-ACTUAL-COMPLETION
EVENT-REGIONAL-FIELD 1
EVENT-REGIONAL-FIELD2
EVENT-REGIONAL-FIELDS
EVENT-REGIONAL-FIELD4
VALID FINANCIAL
(C2191)
(C2192)
(C2193)
EVENT-VALID-FIN-ACCT-DCN
EVENT- VALID-FIN-DCN
EVENT-VALID-FIN-ACCT
MATERIALS
(C2501)
(C2503)
(C2504)
(C2505)
(C2506)
(C2507)
MATERIALS-ID
MATERIALS-INIT-TECH-DATE
MATERIALS-VOLUME
MATERIALS-UNIT
MATERIALS-NEEDS-HANDLING
MATERIALS-MEDIUM
ENFORCEMENT REMEDIES
(C2731)
(C2732)
ENF-REM-REMEDY-ACTION
ENF-REM-CONCAT-KEY
D-4
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                               COMPARED FIELDS
(C2733)
(C2741)
(C2742)
(C2743)
(C2744)
(C2745)
(C2746)
(C2747)
(C2748)
(C2749)
ENF-REM-OPU-INDICATOR
ENF-REM-QU ALIFIER- 1
ENF-REM-QUALIFIER-2
ENF-REM-QUALIFIER-3
ENF-REM-QUALIFIER-4
ENF-REM-QUALIFIER-5
ENF-REM-QUALIFIER-6
ENF-REM-QUALIFIER-7
ENF-REM-QUALIFIER-8
ENF-REM-QUALIFIER-9
ENFORCEMENT REMEDIES (CONTINUED)
(C2750)
(C2754)
(C2755)
(C2756)
(C2757)
ENF-REM-QUALIFIER-10
ENF-REM-FIELD1
ENF-REM-FIELD2
ENF-REM-FIELD3
ENF-REM-FIELD4
ENFORCEMENT STATUTES
(C2771)
(C2772)
ENF-STAT-STATUTE
ENF-STAT-CONCAT-KEY
ENFORCEMENT MILESTONES
(C2801)
(C2802)
(C2807)
(C2808)
(C2811)
(C2814)
ENF-MS-MILESTONE
ENF-MS-CONCAT-KEY
ENF-MS-ACTUAL-DATE
ENF-MS-SCAP-NOTE
ENF-MS-SPMS-TARGET-STATUS
ENF-MS-REGIONAL-FIELD1
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
D-5

-------
 COMPARED FIELDS
(C2815)
(C2816)
(C2817)
(C2901)
(C2902)
(C2903)
(C2904)
(C2905)
(C2906)
(C2907)
(C2908)
(C2909)
(C2910)
(C2914)
(C2915)
(C2916)
(C2917)
(C2918)
(C2919)
(C2922)
ENF-MS-REGIONAL-FIELD2
ENF-MS-REGIONAL-FIELD3
ENF-MS-REGIONAL-FIELD4
ENF-FIN-ID
ENF-FIN-CONCAT-KEY
ENF-FIN-TYPW
ENF-FIN-PLN-DATE
ENF-FIN-PLN-FYQ
ENF-FIN-RECORD-DATE
ENF-FIN-AMOUNT
ENF-FIN-CONTRACT- VEHICLE
ENF-FIN-FUNDING-STATUS
ENF-FIN-NOTE
ENF-FIN-REGIONAL-FIELD 1
ENF-FIN-REGIONAL-FIELD2
ENF-FIN-REGIONAL-FIELD3
ENF-FIN-REGIONAL-FIELD4
ENF-FIN-BUDGET-SOURCE
ENF-FIN-WORK-ASGN-IAG-NBR
ENF-FIN-WORK-ASGN-AMEND-NBR
SUBEVENTS
(C3101)
(C3102)
(C3124)
(C3125
SUBEVENT-ID
SUBEVENT-CONCAT-KEY
SUBEVENT-ACTUAL-START
SUBEVENT-ACTUAL-COMPLETION
FINANCIAL
D-6
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                                COMPARED FIELDS
(C3201)
(C3202)
(C3203)
(C3204)
(C3205)
(C3206)
(C3207)
(C3220)
(C3225)
(C3228)
(C3229)
(C3230)
(C3241)
(C3242)
(C3233)
(C3234)
FINANCIAL-ID
FINANCIAL-TYPE
FINANCIAL-DCN
FINANCIAL-ACCOUNT
FINANCIAL-CONCAT-KEY
FINANCIAL-FMS-FLAG
FINANCIAL-OBLIGATING-FLAG
FINANCIAL-DATE
FINANCIAL-FUND-PRIORITY-STATUS
FINANCIAL-WORK-ASGN-IAG-NBR
FINANCIAL-EVENT-BUDGET-SOURCE
FINANCIAL-AMOUNT
FINANCIAL-KONTRACTOR-NAME
FINANCIAL-NOTE
FINANCIAL-FMS-FINAL-OBLIGATION
FINANCIAL-WORK-ASGN-AMEND-
NBR
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
(C3401)
(C3402)
(C3403)
(C3404)
(C3405)
(C3406)
(C3407)
(C3408)
TECH-INFORMATION-TYPE
TECH-INFORMATION-QUALIFIER- 1
TECH-INFORMATION-QUALIFIER-2
TECH-INFORMATION-QUALIFIER-3
TECH-INFORMATION-QUALIFIER-4
TECH-INFORMATION-QUALIFIER-5
TECH-INFORMATION-QUALIFIER-6
TECH-INFORMATION-QUALIFIER-7
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
D-7

-------
 COMPARED FIELDS
(C3409)
(C3410)
(C3411)
(C3415)
(C3424)
(C3425)
(C3426)
(C3427)
(C3428)
(C3429)
(C3441)
(C3442)
TECH-INFORMATION-QUALIFIER-8
TECH-INFORMATION-QUALIFIER-9
TECH-INFORMATION-QUALIFIER- 10
TECH-INFORMATION-TYPE-SUFFIX
TECH-INFORMATION-MEDIUM
TECH-INFORMATION-CAP-ONLY
TECH-INFORMATION-SRV-DATE
TECH-INFORMATION-MATERIAL
TECH-INFORMATION-VOLUME-
TECH-INFORMATION-VUNIT
RECEPTORS-TYPE
RECEPTORS-TYPE-POPULATION
CHEMICALS
(C3710)
(C3711)
(C3712)
EVENT-CHEMICAL-MATERIAL-ID
EVENT-CHEMICAL-CATEGORY
EVENT-CHEMICAL-MEDIUM
D-8
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
    03/ll/92i
VERSION 4.0'

-------
      WASTELAN
SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION
      MANUAL
     APPENDIX E


   FOXBASE/LAN
 ERROR MESSAGES
       03/11/92
      VERSION 4.0
        FINAL

-------

-------
                                                        FOXBASE/LAN ERROR MESSAGES
            APPENDIX E:  FOXBASE/LAN ERROR MESSAGES

 Certain conditions may exist in the configuration of FoxBASE and/or the WasteLAN file server
 that result in session-ending errors in the WasteLAN application. When a session-ending error
 occurs, the user is logged out of WasteLAN and a message similar to the following appears on
 the screen:

 A SYSTEM ERROR HAS OCCURRED ...
 PRINT SCREEN AND FORWARD TO THE SYSTEM ADMINISTRATOR
 Press any key to continue . . .

 In addition to this message, the screen usually displays an additional error message that specifies
 the  condition that  caused the system  error.   The  following table lists  some  common
 FoxBASE/LAN error messages  and their corresponding causes and resolutions.
     ERROR MESSAGE
         CAUSE
         RESOLUTION
   CANNOT CREATE FILE
1) A disk or directory is full.

2) A user does not have the trustee
rights necessary to access the
directory.
l)Use the CHKVOL
command to determine how many bytes of
total volume space are available.

2) Make sure the user has the proper trustee
rights (see Section 2.2.3).
    CANNOT OPEN FILE

   CANNOT WRITE TO A
      READ-ONLY FILE
Possible causes include:
•  file does not exist,
•  user does not have correct
   trustee rights (see Section
   2.2.3),
•  conflict with Relational
   Report Writer,
•  multi-user problem.
1) Check the user'strustee rights and change
them if necessary. See Section 2.2.3 for
the recommended trustee rights.

2) In W:\WASTELAN and subdirectories,
type FLAG *.* SRW to make sure all files
are shareable-read/write. Relational Report
Writer (R & R) often uses index (.IDX)
files exclusively, so they may need to be
reflagged after they are used by R &R.

3) Make sure the RRSETUP program has
the following parameter (see Section 2.1.8):

ALLOW FILE WRITE = YES
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
    WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
                        E-l

-------
 FOXBASE/LAN ERROR MESSAGES
      ERROR MESSAGE
           CAUSE
          RESOLUTION
    FILE ACCESS DENIED
Ail attempt was made to write to a
file that is write-protected by the
DOS ATTRIB command.
Remove the ATTRIB protection on the
affected file.
      FILE IS IN USE BY
           ANOTHER
An attempt was made to open a file
that another user has open for
exclusive use.
 1) If this message occurs during an upload,
 find the user that is still logged into
 WasteLAN, and log him or her out.

 2) If this message occurs during normal
 WasteLAN operation, print the screen with
 the error message and forward it to the
 WasteLAN system team at EPA
 Headquarters.
        INSUFFICIENT
           MEMORY

      RUN/! COMMAND
            FAILED
Local workstation has run out of
Random Access Memory (RAM)
1) Re-boot (cold boot) the workstation.

2) Remove memory resident (Terminate and
Stay Resident, or TSR) software that is
loaded on the workstation (see Section
2.3.3
    NOT AN OBJECT FILE
A WasteLAN .FOX file has been
corrupted.
Contact NMI to verify that the file has 1
corrupted. The date, time, and size of the
file will be compared with the current
production copy.
    OUT OF DISK (SPACE)
The file server has run out of disk
space, or there is an upper limit to
the amount of disk space granted to
a user.
1) Use the CHKVOL command to
determine how many bytes of total volume
space are available.

2) Use the SYSCON utility in Novell
NetWare to determine if a user's disk space
is limited. Disk space should not be limited
for WasteLAN users. See Section 2.2.4.
    PRINTER NOT READY
The selected printer is off-line, or
the processing speed of the local
workstation is too fast for the
printer.
1) Check the printer to make sure it is
on-line.

2) Increase the TIME parameter in the
CONFIG.FX file.
E-2
    WASTELAN SYSTEM
 ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
                      03/11/92
                  VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                        FOXBASE/LAN ERROR MESSAGES
     ERROR MESSAGE
         CAUSE
         RESOLUTION
     RECORD IS OUT OF
           RANGE

   DATABASE RECORD IS
          TRASHED

     RECORD IS NOT IN
           INDEX

     INDEX DAMAGED
A FoxBASE database has been
corrupted.
Use the "Re-Index Databases" option to
re-index the affected database(s). See
Chapter 6, Section 6.2.
  TOO MANY FILES OPEN
1) The file server may not be
configured correctly to allow 1,000
files to be open simultaneously.

2) The CONFIG.SYS file setting
may not be set to at least 10 greater
than the CONFIG.FX setting.
1) Use the FCONSOLE utility in Novell
NetWare* to check the Max Open Files
setting of the WasteLAN file server (see
Section 2.1.3 of this manual).

2) Make sure the C:\CONFIG.SYS file
contains the following settings:
FILES = 42
BUFFERS =20
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
    WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
                        E-3

-------

-------
        WASTELAN
   SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION
         MANUAL
        APPENDIX F


       WASTELAN
DATABASE FILES - SORTED
 BY DATABASE NAME &
  SUBDIRECTORY NAME
          03/11/92
         VERSION 4.0
          FINAL

-------

-------
                                          WASTELAN DATABASE FILES
         APPENDIX F:  WASTELAN DATABASE FILES
   SORTED BY DATABASE NAME & SUBDIRECTORY NAME

        This appendix lists all the databases in the WasteLAN environment
SORTED BY: Database Name
Database
ACTLINK
ACTLTEMP
ACT FILE
A MILES
BRANCH
BUDGET
B MILES
coooo
C0600
C1100
C1200
C1500
C1570
C1600
C1700
C1790
C1800
C1850
C1900
Subdirectory
DATA
TABLES
TABLES
TABLES
REPORTS
REPORTS
TABLES
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
  WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
                                                             F-l

-------
 WASTELAN DATABASE FILES
C2100
C2180
C2190
C2200
C2500
C2600
C2710
C2730
C2770
C2800
C2900
C3100
C3200
C3400
C3440
C3700
CHEM_CHK
CLBRY1
COMMENTS
COMPDATE
COSTREC2
C_MILES
DATATRAK
DN_1900
DN_3100
DN_C2600
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
TABLES
REPORTS
REPORTS
ISIFPANL
DATA
TABLES
DATA
TABLES
TABLES
TABLES
F-2
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                       WASTELAN DATABASE FILES
DN_C3200
DN_C5100
DN_P0200
DN_P0300
DN_P1200
DN_P1400
D_MILES
EFINTEM2
EFINTEMP
ENFRTEMP
ENFJSIF
ENF_LIST
ENF_SEQ
EVNTTEMP
EVTTABLES
E_MILES
FINCTEMP
F_MILES
GET_NAME
G_MILES
H_MILES
ISIFABBR
ISIFLOOK
ISIFMENU
ISIFRMVL
ISIFRPM2
TABLES
TABLES
TABLES
TABLES
TABLES
TABLES
TABLES
TABLES
TABLES
TABLES
TABLES
TABLES
DATA
TABLES
TABLES
TABLES
TABLES
TABLES
TABLES
TABLES
TABLES
ISIFPANL
ISIFPANL
TABLES
ISIFPANL
ISIFPANL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
F-3

-------
WASTELAN DATABASE FILES
ISIFRPMS
ISIFTEMP
IS1FTRAK
ISIF_CFG
ISIF_RPC
ISIF_SEQ
I MILES
J_MILES
KJV1ILES
LINKIT
LINKTABL
L_MILES
MILETEMP
MILE_SEQ
MISTAKE
M_MILES
NSIFILE
N_MILES
OPUNTEMP
OUT_TBL
O_MILES
PO200
PO200HLD
PO300
PO400
PO800
ISIFPANL
ISIFPANL
ISIFPANL
ISIFPANL
ISIFPANL
ISIFPANL
TABLES
TABLES
TABLES
REPORTS
TABLES
TABLES
TABLES
DATA
DATA
TABLES
DATA
TABLES
TABLES
TABLES
TABLES
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
                              WASTELAN SYSTEM
                           ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                       WASTELAN DATABASE FILES
P1200
PI 250
P1400
P1480
P2200
PRGM01EN
PRGM01ER
PRGM01EV
PRGM0104
PRGM01RP
PRGM01SI
PRGM02
PRGM05
PRGM05B
PRGM10
PRGM11
PRGM14
PRGM15
PRGM16
PRINTERS
PRMD02
PRMD03
PRPSITE2
P_MILES
REFERENC
REMDTEMP
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
REPORTS
REPORTS
REPORTS
REPORTS
REPORTS
REPORTS
REPORTS
REPORTS
REPORTS
REPORTS
REPORTS
REPORTS
REPORTS
REPORTS
DATA
REPORTS
REPORTS
DATA
TABLES
DATA
TABLES
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
F-S

-------
 WASTELAN DATABASE FILES
REMJTBL
REPTFILE
REPTNAME
REPTSORT
REPTUSER
RIFSID
RIFSOUT
RMDL04
RMDL12
RMDL07
RMDL10
RPT_TREE
RJ200
R_2200
R ADOPT
R_ARROWS
R_C29SEQ
R_COLORS
R_EVTSEQ
R_FIELDS
R_LOCKCK
R NEWS
R_OP_SEQ
R_RPMS
R_RSITES
R_SCAP
TABLES
REPORTS
TABLES
TABLES
DATA
REPORTS
REPORTS
REPORTS
REPORTS
REPORTS
REPORTS
REPORTS
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
F-6
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                       WASTELAN DATABASE FILES
R_SCAPLK
R_SITELK
RJJPLOAD
R_USERS
SITETEMP
SITE_SET
STATETBL
STATTEMP
SUBTABLE
TECHQUAL
TEMPEVNT
TEMPTRAK
TL_2801
TL_3101
TL_DTCHK
TL_EVENT
TL_FILES
TL_MENU
TL_NAMES
TL_NSMRT
TL_P2206
TL_POPUP
TL_QUAL
TL_REMS
TL_REPRT
TL_SMGR
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
TABLES
DATA
TABLES
TABLES
DATA
TABLES
ISIFPANL
ISIFPANL
DATA
DATA
TABLES
TABLES
TABLES
TABLES
DATA
TABLES
TABLES
TABLES
TABLES
TABLES
REPORTS
TABLES
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
F-7

-------
 WASTELAN DATABASE FILES
TL_STAT
TL_ZIP
TRAKSTRU
T LINKS
T_MATRIX
T_NREJEC
T NSFILE
T_PO202
T_PO304
T_REJCER
T_REJLNK
T_REJNSI
T_UPLOAD
UP_2420A
UP_2420B
UP_2440A
UP_P1250
UP_P2200
TABLES
TABLES
TABLES
TABLES
TABLES
TABLES
TABLES
TABLES
TABLES
TABLES
TABLES
TABLES
TABLES
TABLES
TABLES
TABLES
TABLES
TABLES
F-8
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                       WASTELAN DATABASE FILES
SORTED BY: Subdirectory

DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA

ACTLINK
COOOO
C0600
C1100
C1200
C1500
C1570
C1600
C1700
C1790
C1800
C1850
C1900
C2100
C2180
C2190
C2200
C2500
C2600
C2710
C2730
C2770
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
F-9

-------
 WASTELAN DATABASE FILES
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA.
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
C2800
C2900
C3100
C3200
C3400
C3440
C3700
COSTREC2
DATATRAK
ENF_SEQ
MILE_SEQ
MISTAKE
NSIFILE
P0200
P0200HLD
P0300
P0400
P0800
P1200
P1250
P1400
P1480
P2200
PRINTERS
PRPSITE2
REFERENC
F-10
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                                       WASTELAN DATABASE FILES
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA

REPTUSER
RJ200
R_2200
R_ADOPT
R_ARROWS
R_C29SEQ
R COLORS
R_EVTSEQ
R_FIELDS
R_LOCKCK
R_NEWS
R_OP_SEQ
R_RPMS
RJSITES
R_SCAP
R_SCAPLK
R SITELK
RJJPLOAD
R_USERS
SITE_SET
SUBTABLE
TL_2801
TL_3101
TL_NAMES
VALID

03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
F-ll

-------
 WASTELAN DATABASE FILES
ISIFPANL
ISIFPANL
ISIFPANL
ISIFPANL
ISIFPANL
ISIFPANL
ISIFPANL
ISIFPANL
ISIFPANL
ISIFPANL
ISIFPANL
ISIFPANL
ISIFPANL

REPORTS
REPORTS
REPORTS
REPORTS
REPORTS
REPORTS
REPORTS
REPORTS
REPORTS
REPORTS
REPORTS
REPORTS
COMPDATE
ISIFABBR
ISIFLOOK
ISIFRMVL
ISIFRPM2
ISIFRPMS
ISIFTEMP
ISIFTRAK
ISIF_CFG
ISIF_RPC
ISIF_SEQ
TEMPEVNT
TEMPTRAK

BRANCH
BUDGET
CLBRY1
COMMENTS
ENFRO2
LINKIT
PRGM01EN
PRGM01ER
PRGM01LV
PRQM01OU
PRGM01RP
PRGM01SI
F-12
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                              WASTELAN DATABASE FILES
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
               REPORTS
               REPORTS
               REPORTS
                TABLES

                TABLES
        PRT-TREE
        RIFSID
REPORTS
REPORTS
REPORTS
REPORTS
REPORTS
REPORTS
REPORTS
REPORTS

TABLES
TABLES
TABLES
RIFSOU1
RMDL04
RMDL12
RMVL07
RMVL10
TL_REORT
RPT_TREE
TL_REPRT

ACTLTEMP
ACT FILE
A_MILES
         B MILES
         CHEM CHK
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
                                                                   F-13

-------
WASTELAN DATABASE FILES
TABLES
TABLES
TABLES
TABLES
TABLES
TABLES
TABLES
TABLES
TABLES
TABLES
TABLES
TABLES
TABLES
TABLES
TABLES
TABLES
TABLES
TABLES
TABLES
TABLES
TABLES
TABLES
TABLES
TABLES
TABLES
TABLES
C_MILES
DNJ900
DN_3100
DN_C2600
DN_C3200
DN_C5100
DN_P0200
DN_P0300
DN_P1200
DN_P1400
D_MILES
EFINTEM2
EFINTEMP
ENFRTEMP
ENFJSIF
ENF_LIST
EVNTTEMP
EVTTABLE
EVT_TEMP
E_MILES
FINCTEMP
F_MILES
GET_NAME
G_MILES
H_MILES
ISIFMENU
 F-14
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
                                           WASTELAN DATABASE FILES
                              I_MILES
                              J MILES
TABLES
TABLES
             TABLES
             TABLES
                 LINKTABL
             TABLES
             TABLES
                 MILETEMP
                               M_MILES
                               N MILES
TABLES
TABLES
                               OPUNTEMP
                               REMDTEMP
                               REM TBL
                               REPTNAME
                               REPTSORT
 TABLES
 TABLES
                               SITETEMP
                               STATETBL
                                STATTEMP
                                TECHQUAL
                                TL_DTCHK
                                TL EVENT
 TABLES
 TABLES
                                TL MENU
                                TL NSMRT
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
             WASTELAN SYSTEM
          ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
                                                              F-15

-------
 WASTELAN DATABASE FILES
TABLES
TABLES
TABLES
TABLES
TABLES
TABLES
TABLES
TABLES
TABLES
TABLES
TABLES
TABLES
TABLES
TABLES
TABLES
TABLES
TABLES
TABLES
TABLES
TABLES
TABLES
TABLES
TABLES
TL_POPUP
TL_QUAL
TL_REMS
TL_SMGR
TL_STAT
TL_ZIP
TRAKSTRU
T_LINKS
T_MATRIX
T_NREJEC
T_NSFILE
T_P0202
T_P0304
T_REJCER
T_REJLNK
T_REJNSI
T_UPLOAD
UP_2420A
UP_2420B
UP2440A
UP_P1250
UP_P2200
_MILES
F-16
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
    03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
      WASTELAN
SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION
       MANUAL
     APPENDIX G


      CERCLIS
 ERROR MESSAGES
       03/11/92
      VERSION 4.0
        FINAL

-------

-------
 CERCLIS ERROR MESSAGES
            APPENDIX G: CERCLIS ERROR MESSAGES
 This appendix is a complete list of the possible "CERCLIS Error Messages" generated
 during the WasteLAN to CERCLIS upload process. Once the WasteLAN Upload ASCII file
 is transmitted to CERCLIS, the records are checked individually to determine data integrity.
 Records that fail the data integrity check are rejected and an error message is recorded in the
 "CERCLIS Audit Report" to explain why the record was rejected.
 001  ATTEMPT TO DELETE A SITE WHICH DOES NOT EXIST
 002  NON USAGE USER CANNOT DELETE USAGE SITE
 003  CANNOT DELETE A SITE WHICH HAS FMS DATA
 004  ATTEMPT TO ADD A SITE WHICH ALREADY EXISTS
 005  ATTEMPT TO CHANGE A SITE WHICH DOES NOT EXIST
 006  ATTEMPT TO DELETE AN OPERABLE UNIT WHICH DOES NOT EXIS
 007  CANNOT DELETE AN OPERABLE UNIT WHICH HAS FMS DATA
 008  ATTEMPT TO ADD AN OPERABLE UNIT WHICH ALREADY EXISTS
 009  ATTEMPT TO CHANGE AN OPERABLE UNIT WHICH DOES NOT EXIST
 010  ATTEMPT TO DELETE AN ALIAS WHICH DOES NOT EXIST

 Oil  ATTEMPT TO ADD AN ALIAS WHICH ALREADY EXISTS
 012  ATTEMPT TO CHANGE AN ALIAS WHICH DOES NOT EXIST
 013  ATTEMPT TO DELETE A SITE COMMENT WHICH DOES NOT EXIST
 014  ATTEMPT TO ADD AN ENTRY COMMENT WHICH ALREADY EXISTS
 015  ATTEMPT TO CHANGE A NON EXISTENT ENTRY COMMENT
 016  ENTRY COMMENT LINE DOES NOT EXIST TO BE DELETED
 017  CANNOT ADD ENTRY COMMENT LINE WHICH ALREADY EXISTS
 018  CANNOT CHANGE A NON EXISTENT ENTRY COMMENT LINE
 019  CANNOT DELETE A NON EXISTENT REGIONAL UTILITY
 020  CANNOT ADD REGIONAL UTILITY WHICH ALREADY EXISTS

 021  CANNOT CHANGE A NON EXISTENT REGIONAL UTILITY
 022  CANNOT DELETE A NON EXISTENT PRP AGENCY RECORD
 023  CANNOT ADD PRP AGENCY RECORD WHICH ALREADY EXISTS
 024  CANNOT CHANGE A NON EXISTENT PRP AGENCY RECORD
 025  CANNOT DELETE A NON EXISTENT ACTIVITY
 026  CANNOT ADD AN ACTIVITY WHICH ALREADY EXISTS
 027  CANNOT CHANGE A NON EXISTENT ACTIVITY
 028  CANNOT DELETE A NON EXISTENT ACTIVITY VALID ACN/DCN
 029  CANNOT ADD AN ACTIVITY VALID ACN/DCN WHICH NOW EXISTS

03/11/92                     WASTELAN SYSTEM
VERSION 4.0               ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
G-l

-------
                                            CERCLIS ERROR MESSAGES
  030  CANNOT CHANGE A NON EXISTENT ACTIVITY VALID ACN/DCN

      CANNOT DELETE A NON EXISTENT EVENT
      CANNOT DELETE USAGE OWNED EVENT
      USAGE CANNOT DELETE EVENTS
      CANNOT DELETE USAGE LEAD EVENTS
      CANNOT DELETE AN EVENT WHICH HAS FMS DATA
      CANNOT ADD AN EVENT WHICH ALREADY EXISTS
      CANNOT CHANGE A NON EXISTENT EVENT
      CANNOT ADD OPERABLE UNIT TO NON EXISTENT ENTRY
      CANNOT ADD ALIAS TO NON EXISTENT ENTRY
      CANNOT ADD ENTRY COMMENT TO NON EXISTENT ENTRY

             ADD ENTRY COMMENT LINE TO NON EXISTENT COMMENT
             ADD REGIONAL UTILITY TO NON EXISTENT ENTRY
             ADD PRP AGENCY RECORD TO NON EXISTENT ENTRY
             ADD ACTIVITY TO NON EXISTENT ENTRY
             ADD ACTIV. VALID ACN/DCN TO NON EXISTENT ACT IV.
             ADD EVENT TO NON EXISTENT OPERABLE UNIT
             DELETE A NON EXISTENT RCRA OFFSITE RECORD
             ADD RCRA OFFSITE TO NON EXISTENT EVENT
             ADD A RCRA OFFSITE WHICH ALREADY EXISTS

             CHANGE AN RCRA OFFSITE WHICH DOES NOT EXIST
             DELETE A NON EXISTENT EVENT VALID ACN/DCN
             DELETE EVENT VALID ACN/DCN WITH FINANCIAL DATA
             ADD EVENT VALID ACN/DCN TO NON EXISTENT EVENT
             ADD EVENT VALID ACN/DCN WHICH ALREADY EXISTS
             CHANGE A NON EXISTENT EVENT VALID ACN/DCN
             DELETE A NON EXISTENT ALIAS LOCATION
             ADD ALIAS LOCATION TO NON EXISTENT ALIAS
             ADD ALIAS LOCATION WHICH ALREADY EXISTS
             CHANGE A NON EXISTENT ALIAS LOCATION

             DELETE A NON EXISTENT OPERABLE UNIT COMMENT
             ADD OPU COMMENT  TO NON EXISTENT OPERABLE UNIT
             ADD OPU COMMENT  WHICH ALREADY EXISTS
             CHANGE A NON EXISTENT OPU COMMENT
             DELETE A NON EXISTENT OPU COMMENT LINE
             ADD OPU COMMENT  LINE TO NON EXISTENT OPU COMMENT
             ADD OPU COMMENT  LINE WHICH ALREADY EXISTS
031
032
033
034
035
036
037
038
039
040
041
042
043
044
045
046
047
048
049
050
051
052
053
054
055
056
057
058
059
060
061
062
063
064
065
066
CANNOT
CANNOT
USAGE C
CANNOT
CANNOT
CANNOT
CANNOT
CANNOT
CANNOT
CANNOT
CANNOT
CANNOT
CANNOT
CANNOT
CANNOT
CANNOT
CANNOT
CANNOT
CANNOT
CANNOT
CANNOT
CANNOT
CANNOT
CANNOT
CANNOT
CANNOT
CANNOT
CANNOT
CANNOT
CANNOT
CANNOT
CANNOT
CANNOT
CANNOT
CANNOT
CANNOT
G-2
  WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
   03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
CERCLIS ERROR MESSAGES


 067  CANNOT CHANGE AN NON EXISTENT OPU COMMENT LINE
 068  CANNOT DELETE A NON EXISTENT EVENT LINK RECORD
 069  CANNOT ADD EVENT LINK RECORD TO NON EXISTENT EVENT

 070  NO EVT LINK ADD WHERE ONE EXISTS IF EVT VAM MOT VALUED
 071  W/L CONFIRMATION OF M/F SCREEN ADD DID NOT PASS EDITS
 072  CANNOT CHANGE A NON EXISTENT EVENT LINK RECORD
 073  CANNOT DELETE A NON EXISTENT ACTIVITY LINK RECORD
 074  CANNOT ADD ACTIVITY  LINK RECORD TO NON EXISTENT ACT IV.
 075  NO ACT LINK ADD WHERE ONE EXISTS IF ACT VAM NOT VALUED
 076  W/L CONFIRMATION OF M/F SCREEN ADD DID NOT PASS EDITS
 077  CANNOT CHANGE A NON EXISTENT ACTIVITY LINK RECORD
 078  CANNOT DELETE A NON EXISTENT ENFORCEMENT FMS FINANCIAL
 079  CANNOT DELETE AN ENF. FMS FINANCIAL WITH FMS DATA

 080  CANNOT ADD ENF FMS FIN TO NON EXISTENT ACTIVITY
 081  CANNOT ADD ENF FMS FIN WHICH ALREADY EXISTS
 082  CANNOT CHANGE A NON EXISTENT ENF FMS FINANCIAL
 083  CANNOT DELETE AN ACTIVITY WHICH HAS  FMS DATA
 084  UNKNOWN ERROR HAS OCCURRED
 085  CANNOT DELETE A NON EXISTENT COMPLIANCE RECORD
 086  CANNOT ADD COMPLIANCE TO NON EXISTENT ACTIVITY
 087  CANNOT ADD COMPLIANCE RECORD WHICH ALREADY EXISTS
 088  CANNOT MODIFY NON EXISTENT COMPLIANCE RECORD
 089  CANNOT DELETE A NON EXISTENT REMEDY RECORD

 090  CANNOT ADD A REMEDY TO NON EXISTENT ACTIVITY
 091  CANNOT ADD A REMEDY WHICH ALREADY  EXISTS
 092  CANNOT MODIFY A REMEDY WHICH DOES NOT EXIST
 093  CANNOT DELETE A STATUTE WHICH DOES NOT EXIST
 094  CANNOT ADD A STATUTE TO A NON EXISTENT ACTIVITY
 095  CANNOT ADD A STATUTE WHICH ALREADY EXISTS
 096  CANNOT MODIFY A STATUTE WHICH DOES NOT EXIST
 097  CANNOT DELETE A MILESTONE WHICH DOES NOT EXIST
 098  CANNOT ADD A MILESTONE TO A NON EXISTENT ACTIVITY
 099  CANNOT ADD A MILESTONE WHICH ALREADY EXISTS

 100  CANNOT MODIFY A NON EXISTENT MILESTONE
 101  CANNOT DELETE A NON EXISTENT ENF. FINANCIAL
 102  CANNOT ADD AN ENF. FINANCIAL TO A NON EXISTENT ACTIVITY
 103  CANNOT ADD AND ENF. FINANCIAL WHICH  ALREADY EXISTS
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
  WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
G-3

-------
                                            CERCLIS ERROR MESSAGES


  104  CANNOT MODIFY A NON EXISTENT ENF. FINANCIAL
  105  CANNOT DELETE A NON EXISTENT ACTIVITY COMMENT RECORD
  106  CANNOT ADD AN ACT. COMMENT TO A NON EXISTENT ACTIVITY
  107  CANNOT ADD AN ACT. COMMENT WHICH CURRENTLY EXISTS
  108  CANNOT MODIFY A NON EXISTENT ACT. COMMENT RECORD
  109  CANNOT DELETE A NON EXISTENT ACT. COMT. LINE RECORD

  110  CANNOT ADD ACT. COMT. LINE TO A NON EXISTENT ACT. COMT.
  Ill  CANNOT ADD AN ACT. COMT. LINE WHICH CURRENTLY EXISTS
  112  CANNOT MODIFY A NON EXISTENT ACT. COMMENT LINE
  113  CANNOT DELETE A NONEXISTENT SUBEVENT
  114  CANNOT ADD A SUBEVENT TO A NON EXISTENT EVENT
  115  CANNOT ADD A SUBEVENT WHICH ALREADY EXISTS
  116  CANNOT MODIFY A NON EXISTENT SUBEVENT
  117  CANNOT DELETE A NON EXISTENT FUND FINANCIAL
  118  A FUND FINANCIAL ADD CANNOT HAVE A SEQUENCE NUMBER
  119  CANNOT ADD A FUND FINANCIAL TO A NON EXISTENT EVENT

  120  CANNOT ADD A FUND FINANCIAL WHICH ALREADY EXISTS
  121  CANNOT MODIFY A NON EXISTENT FUND FINANCIAL
  122  CANNOT DELETE A NON EXISTENT EVENT COMMENT
  123  CANNOT ADD AN EVENT COMMENT TO A NON EXISTENT EVENT
  124  CANNOT ADD AN EVENT COMMENT WHICH CURRENTLY EXISTS
  125  CANNOT MODIFY A NON EXISTENT EVENT COMMENT
  126  CANNOT DELETE A NON EXISTENT EVENT COMT. LINE
  127  CANNOT ADD AN EVENT COMT. LINE TO A MISSING EVENT COMT.
  128  CANNOT ADD AN EVENT LINE WHICH CURRENTLY EXISTS
  129  CANNOT MODIFY A NON EXISTENT EVENT COMMENT LINE

  130  CANNOT DELETE A NON EXISTENT TECH. INFO. RECORD
  131  CANNOT ADD A TECHNICAL INF. TO A NON EXISTENT EVENT
  132  CANNOT ADD A TECH. INFORMATION WHICH ALREADY EXISTS
  133  CANNOT MODIFY A NON EXISTENT TECH. INFO. RECORD
  134  CANNOT DELETE A NON EXISTENT SUBEVENT COMMENT
  135  CANNOT ADD A SUBEVENT COMT. TO A NON EXISTENT EVENT
  136  CANNOT ADD A SUBEVENT COMT. WHICH ALREADY EXISTS
  137  CANNOT MODIFY A NON EXISTENT SUBEVENT COMMENT
  138  CANNOT DELETE A NON EXISTENT SUBEVENT COMT. LINE
  139  CANNOT ADD S-EVT. CMT. LINE TO MISSING S-EVT. CMT.

  140  CANNOT ADD S-EVT. COMMENT LINE WHICH ALREADY EXIST
G-4
  WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
   03/11/92
VERSION 4.0'

-------
CERCLIS ERROR MESSAGES
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
03/11/92
VERSION
CANNOT
CANNOT
CANNOT
CANNOT
CANNOT
CANNOT
CANNOT
CANNOT
CANNOT
INVALID
INVALID
INVALID
INVALID
INVALID
INVALID
INVALID
INVALID
INVALID
MODIFY A NON EXISTENT S-EVT. COMMENT LINE
DELETE A NON EXISTENT FINANCIAL COMMENT
ADD FIN. COMT. TO NON EXISTENT FINANCIAL
ADD FINANCIAL COMMENT WHICH ALREADY EXISTS
MODIFY A NON EXISTENT FINANCIAL COMMENT
DELETE A NON EXISTENT FIN. CMT. LINE
ADD A FIN. CMT. LINE TO A NON EXISTENT FIN. CMT
ADD A FIN. CMT. LIN WHICH ALREADY EXISTS
MODIFY A NON EXISTENT FIN. CMT. LINE
EPA ID NUMBER
REGION CODE
STATE CODE
ZIP CODE
CONGRESSIONAL DISTRICT
FEDERAL FACILITY FLAG
OWNERSHIP CODE
SITE/INCIDENT CATEGORY
COST RECOVERY INDICATOR
FED. AGENCY PRP FLAG CANNOT BE DELETED
INVALID
FED. AGENCY PRP FLAG
STATE PRP FLAG CANNOT BE DELETED
INVALID
STATE PRP FLAG
MUNICIPAL PRP FLAG CANNOT BE DELETED
INVALID
INVALID
INVALID
INVALID
INVALID
INVALID
INVALID
INVALID
INVALID
INVALID
INVALID
INVALID
INVALID
INVALID
INVALID

4.0
MUNICIPAL PRP FLAG
RPM/OSC PHONE NUMBER
REGIONAL CONTACT PHONE NUMBER
ENTRY CLASSIFICATION CODE
ENTRY NAME SOURCE
ENTRY NO FURTHER ACTION FLAG
NPL STATUS CODE
ENTRY/INCIDENT TYPE
PROPOSED NPL UPDATE NUMBER
FINAL NPL UPDATE NUMBER
ENTRY COUNT NOTIS
ENTRY COUNT STATES
ENTRY COUNT HWDMS
ENTRY COUNT COMP
ENTRY COUNT OTHER
WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
                                                                         G-5

-------
                                              CERCLIS ERROR MESSAGES
  179  INVALID SITE SPILL ID

  180  LATITUDE CANNOT BE ALL ZEROS
  181  INVALID LATITUDE
  182  LONGITUDE CANNOT BE ALL ZEROS
  183  INVALID LONGITUDE
  184  INVALID LATITUDE/LONGITUDE SOURCE
  185  INVALID LATITUDE/LONGITUDE ACCURACY
  186  INVALID RCRA FACILITY FLAG
  187  INVALID AGGREGATE CASE BUDGET AMOUNT
  188  INVALID OPERABLE UNIT CODE
  189  NON NUMERIC ALIAS CODE

  190  NON NUMERIC ENTRY COMMENT ID
  191  NON NUMERIC ENTRY COMMENT LINE NUMBER
  192  INVALID REGIONAL UTILITY CODE
  193  INVALID REGIONAL UTILITY DATE 1
  194  INVALID REGIONAL UTILITY DATE 2
  195  INVALID REGIONAL UTILITY DATE 3
  196  PRP AGENCY CODES NOT COMPATIBLE
  197  INVALID PRP AGENCY CODE
  198  INVALID ACTIVITY CODE
  199  HISTORIC ACTIVITY CODE

  200  INVALID ACTIVITY ABBREVIATION
  201  INVALID ACTIVITY LEAD
  202  INVALID ACTIVITY PLANNED START DATE
  203  INVALID ACTIVITY PLANNED START FYQ
  204  INVALID ACTIVITY PLANNED COMPLETION DATE
  205  INVALID ACTIVITY PLANNED COMPLETION FYQ
  206  INVALID ACTIVITY ACTUAL START DATE
  207  INVALID ACTIVITY ACTUAL COMPLETION DATE
  208  ACTUAL START DATE GREATER THAN ACTUAL COMPLETION DATE
  209  PLANNED START DATE GREATER THAN PLANNED COMPLETION DATE
                                                               •)
 210
 211
 212
 213
 214
 215
G-6
INVALID JUDICIAL/CIVIL TYPE
INVALID NEGOTIATION/LITIGATION OUTCOME CODE
INVALID NEGOTIATION/LITIGATION OUTCOME ABBREVIATION
INVALID #RPS/DEFENDENTS
FULL/PARTIAL SETTLEMENT NOT ALLOWED FOR THIS ACTIVITY
FULL/PART SETTLEMENT IND. REQUIRED WITH ACTUAL START
                   WASTELAN SYSTEM
                 ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
   03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
CERCLIS ERROR MESSAGES


 216  ENTRY COST RECOVERY IND. REQUIRED WITH ACTUAL START
 217  FULL/PART SETTLEMENT IND. REQUIRED WITH ACTUAL COMPL.
 218  ENTRY COST RECOVERY IND. REQUIRED WITH ACTUAL COMPL.
 219  INVALID ACTIVITY CONTACT PHONE NUMBER

 220  INVALID ACTIVITY PLANNING STATUS
 221  INVALID ACTIVITY COMPLIANCE STATUS
 222  INVALID REQUIRED ACTIVITY COMPLIANCE STATUS CHANGE DATE
 223  #RPS/DEFENDANTS IS REQUIRED
 224  NO ACN/DCN IN ACTIVITY VALID ACN/DCN TRANSACTION
 225  DCN MISSING FROM ACTIVITY VALID ACN/DCN
 226  ACN MISSING FROM ACTIVITY VALID ACN/DCN
 227  ACN/DCN ALREADY EXISTS ON AN ACTIVITY VALID ACN/DCN
 228  ACN/DCN ALREADY EXISTS ON AN EVENT VALID ACN/DCN
 229  INVALID EVENT CODE
 230
 231
 232
 233
 234
 235
 236
 237
 238
 239

 240
 241
 242
 243
 244
 245
 246
 247
 248
 249
INVALID
INVALID
INVALID
INVALID
INVALID
INVALID
INVALID
INVALID
INVALID
INVALID

INVALID
INVALID
INVALID
INVALID
INVALID
INVALID
INVALID
INVALID
INVALID
INVALID
EVENT LEAD
QUALIFIER FOR
QUALIFIER FOR
QUALIFIER FOR
QUALIFIER FOR
QUALIFIER FOR
QUALIFIER FOR
QUALIFIER FOR
QUALIFIER FOR
QUALIFIER FOR
SI EVENT
PA EVENT
ES EVENT
RV EVENT
PR EVENT
IR EVENT
RD EVENT
RA EVENT
CO EVENT
QUALIFIER FOR  RI EVENT
QUALIFIER FOR  FS EVENT
QUALIFIER FOR  AR EVENT
REMOVAL AUTHORITY
EVENT PLANNING STATUS
STATE PERCENTAGE
EVENT FIRST START INDICATOR
EVENT FIRST COMPLETION INDICATOR
EVENT LEAD
EVENT CATEGORY
 250  ORIGINAL START DATE IS NOT AN UPDATABLE FIELD
 251  ORIGINAL COMPLETION DATE IS NOT AN UPDATABLE FIELD
 252  ORIGINAL START FYQ IS NOT AN UPDATABLE FIELD
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
                   WASTELAN SYSTEM
                 ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
                                                             G-7

-------
                                            CERCL1S ERROR MESSAGES
 253  ORIGINAL COMPLETION FYQ IS NOT AN UPDATABLE FIELD
 254  INVALID PLANNED START DATE
 255  INVALID PLANNED COMPLETION DATE
 256  INVALID PLANNED START FYQ
 257  INVALID PLANNED COMPLETION FYQ
 258  INVALID ACTUAL START DATE
 259  INVALID ACTUAL COMPLETION DATE

 260  EVENT ACTUAL START GREATER THAN EVENT ACTUAL COMPLETION
 261  EVENT PLANNED START GREATER THAN EVENT PLANNED COMPL.
 262  EVENT QUALIFIER REQ. BY THIS EVENT WITH ACTUAL COMPL.
 263  EVENT QUALIFIER REQ. BY THIS EVENT WITH ACTUAL COMPLETE
 264  EVENT REQUIRES A START AND A COMPLETION DATE
 265  CANNOT CHANGE USAGE LEAD QUAL ASGN TO ONCE VALUE = 2
 266  INVALID EVENT USAGE LEAD QUAL ASGN TO VALUE
 267  EVENT LEAD QUAL ASGN TO DATE GREATER THAN CURRENT DATE
 268  USAGE IAG AMENDMENT NUMBER NOT NUMERIC
 269  EVENT IAG NUMBER NOT NUMERIC

 270  INVALID REGIONAL CONTACT PHONE NUMBER
 271  COOPERATIVE AGREEMENT NUMBER NOT NUMERIC
 272  COOPERATIVE AGREEMENT AMENDMENT NUMBER NOT NUMERIC
 273  USAGE CONTACT PHONE NUMBER INVALID
 274  INVALID USAGE DISTRICT CODE
 275  INVALID USAGE PROJECT TYPE
 276  INVALID USAGE LINE ITEM REVIEW DATE
 277  INVALID USAGE IAG FUNDING LEVEL
 278  INVALID USACE IAG IN-HOUSE EXPENDED MONEY
 279  INVALID USACE IAG IN-HOUSE EXPENDED TOTAL

 280  INVALID USACE IAG IN-HOUSE OBLIGATED
 281  INVALID USACE IAG EXPENDED PAST MONTH
 282  INVALID USACE IAG EXPENDED TOTAL
 283  INVALID USACE IAG OBLIGATED
 284  INVALID USACE IAG ESTIMATED RA COSTS
 285  INVALID USACE IAG PERFORMED BY CODE
 286  INVALID USACE CENTER CONTACT PHONE NUMBER
 287  INVALID USACE ONSITE ENGINEER PHONE NUMBER
 288  INVALID USACE CONTRACTOR STATE
 289  INVALID USACE ACTUAL CONSTRUCTION PER CENT TO DATE
G-8
  WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
   03/11
VERSION 4

-------
CERCLIS ERROR MESSAGES


 290  INVALID USAGE SCHEDULED CONSTRUCTION PER CENT TO DATE
 291  INVALID USAGE LAST MONTH CONSTRUCTION PER CENT TO DATE
 292  INVALID USAGE LAST FY CONSTRUCTION PERCENT TO DATE
 293  INVALID USAGE ACTUAL CALENDAR DAYS CONSTRUCTION
 294  INVALID USAGE PLANNED CALENDAR DAYS CONSTRUCTION
 295  INVALID USAGE PENDING CALENDAR DAYS CONSTRUCTION
 296  INVALID USAGE ORIGINAL CALENDAR DAYS CONSTRUCTION
 297  NO ACN/DCN IN EVENT VALID ACN/DCN
 298  DCN MISSING FROM EVENT VALID
 299  ACN MISSING FROM EVENT VALID

 300  A $ FOUND IN TRANSACTION...NO FIELD DELETES ALLOWED
 301  INVALID ALIAS LOCATION SEQUENCE
 302  INVALID ALIAS LOCATION ZIP CODE
 303  INVALID ALIAS LOCATION STATE
 304  INVALID ALIAS LOCATION LATITUDE
 305  INVALID ALIAS LOCATION LONGITUDE
 306  INVALID OPU COMMENT NUMBER
 307  INVALID OPU COMMENT LINE NUMBER
 308  INVALID EVENT LINK CHAIN
 309  INVALID EVENT LINK TYPE

 310  NO EVENT FOR EVENT LINK RECORD TO LINK FROM
 311  NO ACTIVITY FOR EVENT LINK RECORD TO LINK FROM
 312  UNABLE TO ESTABLISH LINK FOR EVENT LINK RECORD
 313  INVALID EVENT LINK CHAIN HAS AN INVALID CHARACTER
 314  INVALID ACTIVITY LINK CHAIN HAS AN INVALID CHARACTER
 315  INVALID ACTIVITY LINK CHAIN
 316  INVALID ACTIVITY LINK TYPE
 317  NO EVENT FOR ACTIVITY LINK RECORD TO LINK FROM
 318  NO ACTIVITY FOR ACTIVITY LINK RECORD TO LINK FROM
 319  UNABLE TO ESTABLISH LINK FOR ACTIVITY LINK RECORD

 320  INVALID RCRA OFFSITE ID
 321  EVENT LINK IDENTIFIER NOT EQUAL KEYS LINK IDENTIFIER
 322  ACTIVITY LINK IDENTIFIER NOT EQUAL KEYS LINK IDENTIFIER
 323  INVALID FULL/PARTIAL SETTLEMENT FLAG
 324  INVALID ENFORCEMENT FMS FINANCIAL ID
 325  ENF FMS TYPE F NOT ALLOWED
 326  CANNOT CHANGE THE ENF FMS TYPE CODE
 327  INVALID ENF FMS FINANCIAL TYPE CODE
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
  WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
G-9

-------
                                            CERCLIS ERROR MESSAGES
  328  ENF FMS TYPE MUST BE VALUED FOR AN ADD
  329  COMPLETE DCN REQUIRED FOR THIS RECORD TYPE

  330  IF ENTERED  DCN MUST BE 6 CHARACTERS IN LENGTH
  331  COMPLETE ACN REQUIRED FOR THIS RECORD TYPE
  332  IF ENTERED  ACN MUST BE 10 CHARACTERS IN LENGTH
  333  WHEN ENTERED BOTH ACN AND DCN MUST BE PRESENT
  334  FMS FLAG CAN ONLY BE C OR BLANK WHEN RECORD ADDED
  335  USER CANNOT CHANGE FMS FLAG FROM E OR F TO C
  336  INVALID FMS FLAG VALUE
  337  USER CANNOT CHANGE FMS FLAG FROM C TO E
  338  USER CANNOT CHANGE FMS FLAG FROM F TO E
  339  USER CANNOT CHANGE FMS FLAG FROM C TO F

  340  UNKNOWN ERROR HAS OCCURRED
  341  INVALID FMS FLAG VALUE ON TRANSACTION
  342  BAD OR IMPROP. USED PLANNED OBLIGATION FYQ OR FYQ < 791
  343  INVALID ENF FMS DATE
  344  INVALID FUNDING PRIORITY STATUS
  345  INVALID WORK ASSIGNMENT.IAG NUMBER
  346  INVALID ENF FMS BUDGET SOURCE
  347  ENF FMS TYPE OF P REQUIRES A BUDGET SOURCE
  348  AMOUNT ENTERED IS NOT A NUMERIC VALUE
  349  FOR AN ADD ONLY N IS VALID FOR NPL STATUS

  350  CHANGE OF NPL STATUS NOT ALLOWED, CALL SHIRLEY KEEHN
  351  CANNOT DELETE A NON EXISTENT CHEMICAL RECORD
  352  CANNOT ADD A CHEMICAL TO A NON EXISTENT EVENT
  353  CANNOT ADD A CHEMICAL WHICH ALREADY EXISTS
  354  CANNOT MODIFY A NON EXISTENT CHEMICAL RECORD
  355  CANNOT DELETE A NON EXISTENT MILESTONE COMMENT
  356  CANNOT ADD A M.S. COMMENT TO A NON EXISTENT MILESTONE
  357  CANNOT ADD A M.S. COMMENT WHICH ALREADY EXISTS
  358  CANNOT CHANGE A NON EXISTENT MILESTONE COMMENT
  359  CANNOT DELETE A NON EXISTENT M.S. COMMENT LINE

  360  CANNOT ADD A M.S. CMT. LINE TO A MISSING M.S. COMMENT
  361  CANNOT ADD A M.S. COMMENT LINE WHICH ALREADY EXISTS
  362  CANNOT MODIFY A NON EXISTENT MILESTONE COMMENT LINE
 363  CANNOT DELETE A NON EXISTENT ENF. FIN. COMMENT
 364  CANNOT ADD ENF. FIN. CMT. TO A NON EXISTENT ENF. FIN.
G-10
  WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
   03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
CERCLIS ERROR MESSAGES
 365  CANNOT ADD ENF. FIN. CMT. WHICH ALREADY EXISTS
 366  CANNOT MODIFY A NON EXISTENT ENF. FIN. COMMENT
 367  CANNOT DELETE A NON EXISTENT ENF. FIN. CMT. LINE
 368  CANNOT ADD A ENF. FIN. CMT. LINE TO MISSING ENF F. CMT.
 369  CANNOT ADD ENF. FIN. CMT. LINE WHICH ALREADY EXISTS

 370  CANNOT MODIFY A NON EXISTENT ENF. FIN. CMT. LINE
 371  CANNOT DELETE A NON EXISTENT ENF. FMS COMMENT
 372  CANNOT ADD ENF. FMS COMMENT TO MISSING ENF. FMS RECORD
 373  CANNOT ADD ENF. FMS COMMENT WHICH ALREADY EXISTS
 374  CANNOT MODIFY NON EXISTENT ENF. FMS COMMENT
 375  CANNOT DELETE A NON EXISTENT ENF. FMS CMT. LINE
 376  CANNOT ADD ENF. FMS CMT. LINE TO MISSING ENF. FMS CMT
 377  CANNOT ADD ENF. FMS CMT. LINE WHICH ALREADY EXISTS
 378  CANNOT MODIFY A NON EXISTENT ENF. FMS CMT. LINE
 379  INVALID ENF FMS FINANCIAL WORK ASSIGNMENT AMEND. NO.

 380  INVALID VEHICLE CODE
 381  INVALID ENF. FMS FINANCIAL FISCAL YEAR
 382  INVALID ARC CONTRACTOR NUMBER IN VEHICLE FIELD
 383  INVALID VEHICLE CODE SEQUENCE NUMBER
 384  ACN/DCN COMBINATION INVALID OR ALREADY EXISTS ELSEWHERE
 385  COMPLIANCE HISTORY SEQUENCE NUMBER NOT NUMERIC
 386  REMEDIES NOT ALLOWED FOR FA, FC, FU  AT THIS TIME
 387  INVALID REMEDY CODE
 388  INVALID REMEDY OP UNIT CODE
 389  INVALID REMEDY SHORT NAME

 390  INVALID REMEDY QUALIFIER CODE
 391  INVALID REMEDY QUALIFIER SHORT NAME
 392  NO STATUTES ALLOWED FOR FA,  FC, FU ACTIVITIES
 393  INVALID STATUTE ENTERED
 394  TAKEOVER NOT ALLOWED FOR THIS EVENT
 395  WORK ASSIGN. AMEND. NBR. HAS INVALID IMBEDDED CHARACTERS
 396  INVALID MILESTONE OR MILESTONE INVALID FOR ACTIVITY
 397  FA FC FU ACTIVITIES NOT ALLOWED MILESTONE UPDATES
 398  INVALID MILESTONE ABBREVIATION NAME
 399  INVALID MILESTONE DATE

 400  FINANCIAL TYPE F NOT VALID
 401  CANNOT CHANGE FINANCIAL TYPE
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
  WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
G-ll

-------
                                            CERCLIS ERROR MESSAGES
 402  INVALID FINANCIAL TYPE
 403  FIN. TYPE MUST BE ENTERED WHEN ADDING A FIN. RECORD
 404  FINANCIAL TYPE REQUIRES A COMPLETE DCN
 405  IF DCN ENTERED IT MUST BE COMPLETE
 406  FINANCIAL TYPE REQUIRES A COMPLETE ACN
 407  IF ACN ENTERED IT MUST BE COMPLETE
 408  IF ACN OR DCN ENTERED THE OTHER MUST BE ENTERED
 409  ONLY FMS FLAG OF  C VALID FOR AN ADD

 410  CANNOT ENTER FMS FLAG C WHEN RECORD ALREADY E OR F
 411  CANNOT ENTER FMS FLAG E WHEN RECORD ALREADY C
 412  CANNOT ENTER FMS FLAG E WHEN RECORD ALREADY F
 413  CANNOT ENTER FMS FLAG F WHEN RECORD ALREADY C
 414  INVALID FMS FLAG
 415  OBLIG FYQ VALID ONLY FOR FINANCIAL TYPE P
 416  OBLIG FYQ NOT 791 OR GREATER
 417  INVALID OBLIG FYQ
 418  INVALID FUNDING DATE
 419  INVALID FUNDING STATUS

 420  INVALID FINANCIAL EVENT BUDGET SOURCE
 421  EVENT BUDGET SOURCE REQUIRED FOR FIN. TYPE P
 422  INVALID FINANCIAL AMOUNT
 423  INVALID FINANCIAL WORK ASSIGNMENT AMENDMENT NUMBER
 424  INVALID FINANCIAL VEHICLE
 425  INVALID FUNDING FISCAL YEAR
 426  ARCS CONTRACTOR NUMBER NOT IN VALID ARCS TABLE
 427  INVALID ARCS CONTRACTOR NUMBER
 428  ACN/DCN ALREADY USED FOR A DIFFERENT OR MULTIPLE EVENTS
 429  ACN/DCN ALREADY USED FOR AN ACTIVITY

 430  REMEDY QUAL. NAME #01 VALUED & NO REMEDY QUAL. #01 CODE
 431  REMEDY QUAL. NAME #02 VALUED & NO REMEDY QUAL. #02 CODE
 432  REMEDY QUAL. NAME #03 VALUED & NO REMEDY QUAL. #03 CODE
 433  REMEDY QUAL. NAME #04 VALUED & NO REMEDY QUAL. #04 CODE
 434  REMEDY QUAL. NAME #05 VALUED & NO REMEDY QUAL. #05 CODE
 435  REMEDY QUAL. NAME #06 VALUED & NO REMEDY QUAL. #06 CODE
 436  REMEDY QUAL. NAME #07 VALUED & NO REMEDY QUAL. #07 CODE
 437  REMEDY QUAL. NAME #07 VALUED & NO REMEDY QUAL. #08 CODE
 438  REMEDY QUAL. NAME #09 VALUED & NO REMEDY QUAL. #09 CODE
 439  REMEDY QUAL. NAME #10 VALUED & NO REMEDY QUAL. #10 CODE

G-12                      WASTELAN SYSTEM                    03/11/92
                      ADMINISTRATION MANUAL             VERSION 4.0

-------
CERCLIS ERROR MESSAGES
 440  INVALID EPA PRIORITY FIELD
 441  INVALID FEDERAL FACILITY DOCKET FLAG
 442  INVALID COMPLIANCE STATUS SEQUENCE NUMBER
 443  INVALID MILESTONE PLANNED FYQ
 444  INVALID MILESTONE ACTUAL DATE
 445  INVALID MILESTONE ORIGINAL DATE
 446  INVALID MILESTONE ORIGINAL PLANNED FYQ
 447  INVALID MILESTONE PLANNING STATUS
 448  MILESTONE SORT FIELD MISSING
 449  CANNOT CHANGE AN EXISTING ENF. FINANCIAL TYPE

 450  NO FINANCIAL TYPE F PROCEEDS THIS FINANCIAL TYPE
 451  NO FINANCIAL TYPE R PROCEEDS THIS FINANCIAL TYPE
 452  INVALID ENFORCEMENT FINANCIAL TYPE
 453  INVALID ENFORCEMENT FINANCIAL PLANNED DATE
 454  INVALID ENFORCEMENT FINANCIAL PLANNED FYQ
 455  INVALID ENFORCEMENT FINANCIAL RECORD DATE
 456  INVALID ENFORCEMENT FINANCIAL AMOUNT
 457  INVALID ENFORCEMENT FINANCIAL VEHICLE ABBREVIATION
 458  INVALID ENFORCEMENT FINANCIAL FUNDING STATUS
 459  INVALID ENFORCEMENT FINANCIAL BUDGET SOURCE

 460  ENF. FIN. BUDGET SOURCE MUST BE VALUED WITH FIN TYPE G
 461  INVALID ENFORCEMENT FINANCIAL WORK ASSIGNMENT NUMBER
 462  INVALID ENFORCEMENT FIN. WORK ASSIGNMENT AMEND NUMBER
 463  ENFORCEMENT ACTIVITY COMMENT LINE NUMBER NOT NUMERIC
 464  INVALID SUBEVENT CONCATENATE KEY
 465  EVENT NOT ASSIGNED TO USAGE FOR USAGE OWNED SUBEVENT
 466  NON USAGE USER ATTEMPTING TO USE USAGE OWNED SUBEVENT
 467  INVALID SUBEVENT CODE ENTERED
 468  MISSING SUBEVENT LONG NAME
 469  MISSING SUBEVENT SHORT NAME

 470  MISSING SUBEVENT SEQUENCE NUMBER
 471  MISSING SUBEVENT SORT CODE
 472  INVALID SUBEVENT CURRENT START DATE
 473  INVALID SUBEVENT CURRENT COMPLETION DATE
 474  INVALID SUBEVENT ACTUAL START DATE
 475  INVALID SUBEVENT ACTUAL COMPLETION DATE
 476  INVALID SUBEVENT CURRENT START DATE FYQ
 477  INVALID SUBEVENT CURRENT COMPLETION DATE FYQ
03/11/92                    WASTELAN SYSTEM
VERSION 4.0              ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
G-13

-------
                                              CERCLIS ERROR MESSAGES
 478
 479

 480
 481
 482
 483
 484
 485
 486
 487
 488
 489

 490
 491
 492
 493
 494
 495
 496
 497
 498
 499

 500
 501
 502
 503
 504
 505
 506
 507
 508
 509

 510
 511
 512
 513
 514

G-14
SUBEVENT ACTUAL START DATE AFTER ACTUAL COMPLETION
SUBEVENT CURRENT START DATE AFTER CURRENT COMPLETION

INVALID CHEMICAL CAS NUMBER
FUND FINANCIAL SEQUENCE NUMBER NOT NUMERIC
INVALID TECHNICAL INFORMATION TYPE
TECHNICAL INFORMATION QUALIFIER #1 INVALID
TECHNICAL INFORMATION QUALIFIER #2 INVALID
TECHNICAL INFORMATION QUALIFIER #3 INVALID
TECHNICAL INFORMATION QUALIFIER #4 INVALID
TECHNICAL INFORMATION QUALIFIER #5 INVALID
TECHNICAL INFORMATION QUALIFIER #6 INVALID
TECHNICAL INFORMATION QUALIFIER #7 INVALID

TECHNICAL INFORMATION QUALIFIER #8 INVALID
TECHNICAL INFORMATION QUALIFIER #9 INVALID
TECHNICAL INFORMATION QUALIFIER #10 INVALID
ENFORCEMENT FINANCIAL TYPE NOT PRESENT FOR ADD
CURRENTLY NOT IN USE
CURRENTLY NOT IN USE
CURRENTLY NOT IN USE
CURRENTLY NOT IN USE
CURRENTLY NOT IN USE
CURRENTLY NOT IN USE

CURRENTLY NOT IN USE
C1570 ATTEMPT TO DELETE A MEDIUM WHICH DOES NOT EXIST
C1570 ATTEMPT TO ADD A MEDIUM WHICH ALREADY EXISTS
C1570 ATTEMPT TO ADD A MEDIUM WHOSE SITE IS INVALID
C1570 ATTEMPT TO MODIFY A MEDIUM WHICH DOES NOT EXIST
C1571 MEDIUM MUST BE LA, SW, GW, OR AI
C1572 MEDIA GOAL ATTAINED MUST BE F,P,U,A, OR Z
C1573 MEDIA THREAT ADDRESSED MUST BE Y, N, OR Z
C2500 ATTEMPT TO DELETE A MATERIAL WHICH DOES NOT EXIST
C2500 ATTEMPT TO ADD A MATERIAL WHICH ALREADY EXISTS

C2500 ATTEMPT TO ADD A MATERIAL WHOSE EVENT IS INVALID
C2500 ATTEMPT TO MODIFY A MATERIAL WHICH DOES NOT EXIST
C2501 INVALID MATERIAL ID
C2503 INVALID MATERIAL INIT TECH DATE
C2504 MATERIAL VOLUME MUST BE A POSITIVE NUMBER
                   WASTELAN SYSTEM
                 ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
   03/11/92
VERSION 4.0

-------
CERCLJS ERROR MESSAGES


 515  C2505 MATERIAL UNIT MUST BE "GAL " OR "CUYD"
 516  C2506 MATERIAL NEEDS HANDLING MUST BE Y OR N
 517  C2507 MEDIUM MUST BE LA, SW, GW, OR AI
 518  C2512 FAILED TO ADD MATERIAL TO NONEXISTENT MEDIUM
 519  C2500 FAILED TO DELETE MATERIAL RECORD FOR MEDIA DELETE

 520  C3440 ATTEMPT TO DELETE A RECEPTOR WHICH DOES NOT EXIST
 521  C3440 ATTEMPT TO ADD A RECEPTOR WHICH ALREADY EXISTS
 522  C3440 ATTEMPT TO ADD A RECEPTOR TO NONEXISTENT TECH_REC
 523  C3440 ATTEMPT TO MODIFY A RECEPTOR WHICH DOES NOT EXIST
 524  C3441 RECEPTOR TYPE MUST BE R01 OR 101
 525  C3442 RECEPTOR POPULATION MUST BE NUMERIC
 526  C3424 MEDIUM MUST BE LA,SW,GW, OR AI
 527  C3425 TECHNICAL INFORMATION CAP ONLY MUST BE Y OR N
 528  C3426 INVALID TECHNICAL INFORMATION SERVICE DATE
 529  C3427 MATERIAL ID IS INVALID

 530  C3428 VOLUME MUST BE NUMERIC
 531  C3429 VUNIT MUST BE "GAL " OR "CUYD"
 532  C3431 ATTEMPT TO ADD A TECH. TO NONEXISTENT MATERIAL
 533  C3400 FAILED TO DELETE TECHNICAL FOR A MATERIAL DELETE
 534  C3710 INVALID MATERIAL ID
 535  C3711 CHEMICAL CATEGORY MUST BE GE "A" AND LE "M"
 536  C3712 MEDIUM MUST BE LA,SW,GW, OR AI
 537  C3713 ATTEMPT TO ADD CHEMICAL TO NONEXISTENT MATERIAL
 538  C3700 FAILED TO DELETE CHEMICAL FOR A MATERIAL
 539  CURRENTLY NOT IN USE
 540  CURRENTLY NOT IN USE
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
                                                             G-15

-------

-------
      WASTELAN
SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION
      MANUAL
     APPENDIX H


     CERHELP
 ERROR MESSAGES
       03/11/92
      VERSION 4.0
        FINAL

-------

-------
CERHELP ERROR MESSAGES
           APPENDIX H: CERHELP ERROR MESSAGES
This appendix is a complete list of the possible "CERHELP Error Messages" generated
during the WasteLAN to CERHELP upload process.  Once the WasteLAN Upload ASCII
file is transmitted to CERHELP, the records are checked individually to determine data
integrity.  Records that fail the data integrity check are rejected and an error message is
recorded in the "CERHELP Audit Report" to explain why the record was rejected.

 001  CANNOT DELETE A NON EXISTENT TARG. AND ACCOMP. RECORD
 002  CANNOT MODIFY NON EXISTENT TARG. AND ACCOMP. RECORD
 003  CANNOT ADD TARG. AND ACCOMP. RECORD THAT NOW EXISTS
 004  CANNOT DELETE NON EXISTENT ADVICE OF ALLOWANCE RECORD
 005  CANNOT MODIFY NON EXISTENT ADVICE OF ALLOWANCE RECORD
 006  CANNOT ADD CURRENTLY EXISTING ADVICE OF ALLOW. RECORD
 007  CANNOT DELETE NON EXISTENT NSI ACTIVITIES RECORD
 008  CANNOT MODIFY NON EXISTENT NSI ACTIVITIES RECORD
 009  CANNOT ADD NSI ACTIV. RECORD WHICH CURRENTLY EXISTS

 010  CANNOT DELETE NON EXISTENT TARGETS RECORD
 Oil  CANNOT MODIFY NON EXISTENT TARGETS RECORD
 012  CANNOT ADD TARGETS RECORD WHICH ALREADY EXISTS
 013  CANNOT DELETE A NON EXISTENT ACCOMPLISHMENTS RECORD
 014  CANNOT MODIFY A NON EXISTENT ACCOMPLISHMENTS RECORD
 015  CANNOT ADD AN ACCOMPLISHMENTS WHICH ALREADY EXISTS
 016  CANNOT DELETE A NON EXISTING NSI FINANCIAL RECORD
 017  CANNOT MODIFY A NON EXISTENT NSI FINANCIAL RECORD
 018  A NSI FINANCIAL RECORD ALREADY EXISTS
 019  CANNOT DELETE A NON EXISTENT NSI VALID FIN. RECORD

 020  CANNOT MODIFY A NON EXISTENT NSI VALID FIN. RECORD
 021  NSI VALID FIN. EXISTS NO ADD PERMITTED
 022  CANNOT DELETE A NON EXISTENT TARGET SITE RECORD
 023  CANNOT MODIFY A NON EXISTENT TARGET SITE RECORD
 024  TARGET SITE RECORD EXISTS -- NO ADD PERMITTED
 025  CURRENTLY UNUSED ERROR MESSAGE
 026  CANNOT DELETE A NONEXISTENT ISSUES RECORD
 027  CANNOT MODIFY A NONEXISTENT ISSUES RECORD
 028  CANNOT ADD AN EXISTENT ISSUES RECORD
 029  MUST BE A VALID EPA REGION - (01-10)
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
  WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
H-l

-------
                                             CERHELP ERROR MESSAGES
  030  EPA-ID IS NOT IN CERCLIS DATABASE
  031  MISSING EVENT RECORD IN CERCLIS DATABASE
  032  MISSING OPERABLE UNIT RECORD IN CERCLIS
  033  FYQ IS A REQUIRED VALID FIELD IN YYQ FORMAT
  034  PLAN DATE MUST BE VALID DATE IN MMDDYY FORMAT
  035  SCORE FIELD MUST BE NUMERIC IF ENTERED
  036  PRP FIELD MUST BE " ", "1", "2", OR "3"
  037  NOTE  1, 2, OR 3 REQUIRES ONE OR MORE ISSUES (1-12)
  038  ISSUE CODES MUST BE UNIQUE & F,S,N,U,A,M,D, OR C
  039  CANNOT ADD TARGETS-1200 TO NON EXISTENT TARGET-ACC-200

  040  CANNOT ADD ACCOMPL-1250 TO NON EXISTENT TARGET-ACC-200
  041  CANNOT ADD NSI-FIN-1400 TO NON EXISTENT NSI-ACTIVI-400
  042  CANNOT ADD NSI-VAL-1480 TO NON EXISTENT NSI-ACTIVI-400
  043  CANNOT ADD TARGET-SIT-2200 TO NON EXISTENT TARGETS-400
  044  CURRENTLY UNUSED ERROR MESSAGE
  045  CURRENTLY UNUSED ERROR MESSAGE
  046  CURRENTLY UNUSED ERROR MESSAGE
  047  CURRENTLY UNUSED ERROR MESSAGE
  048  CURRENTLY UNUSED ERROR MESSAGE
  049  CURRENTLY UNUSED ERROR MESSAGE

  050  CURRENTLY UNUSED ERROR MESSAGE
  051  INVALID TARGETS AND ACCOMPLISHMENTS REGION CODE
  052  INVALID TARGETS AND ACCOMPLISHMENTS FY
  053  INVALID TARGETS AND ACCOMPLISHMENTS LEAD
  054  INVALID TAR. AND ACC.  BASELINE PROJECT
  055  INVALID SCAP/SPMS TARGET STATUS
  056  INVALID TARGETS AND ACCOMPLISHMENTS ACTIVITY TYPE
  057  INVALID TAR. AND ACC.  FUND FINANCED CEILING
  058  INVALID TARGET VERSION
  059  INVALID TARGET NUMBER

 060  TARGET SITE DOES NOT EXIST IN CERCLIS DATA BASE
 061  TARGET SITE OPERABLE UNIT DOES NOT EXIST IN CERCLIS
 062  TARGET SITE EVENT DOES NOT EXISTS IN CERCLIS
 063  TARGET SITE ACTIVITY DOES NOT EXIST IN CERCLIS
 064  TARGET SITE MILESTONE DOES NOT EXIST IN CERCLIS
 065  TARGET SITE LEAD MUST EQUAL CERCLIS EVENT LEAD
 066  INVALID ACCOMPLISHMENT QUARTER
 067  INVALID ACCOMPLISHMENT NUMBER
H-2
  WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
   03/11/92J
VERSION 4.0*

-------
CERHELP ERROR MESSAGES
 068  INVALID NSI ACTIVITY LEAD
 069  INVALID NSI STATE

 070  INVALID NSI FISCAL YEAR
 071  INVALID NSI REGION CODE
 072  INVALID NSI ACTIVITY TYPE
 073  NSI FINANCIAL SEQUENCE NUMBER NOT NUMERIC
 074  INVALID FINANCIAL TYPE
 075  TRANSACTION FIN. TYPE NO EQUAL TO CURRENT FIN TYPE
 076  ACN MUST BE 10 CHARACTERS IN LENGTH
 077  THIS FINANCIAL TYPE REQUIRES AN ACN TO BE ENTERED
 078  THIS FINANCIAL TYPE REQUIRES A DCN TO BE ENTERED
 079  DCN MUST BE 6 CHARACTERS IN LENGTH
 080  INVALID NSI FINANCIAL VEHICLE CODE
 081  ONLY FIRST CHAR. OF WK. ASGN. # MAY BE NON-NUMERIC
 082  IF USED WK. ASGN. NUMBER MUST BE FULLY FILLED IN
 083  INVALID NSI FIN OBJ. SUBOBJECT CLASS
 084  CANNOT CHANGE NSI FIN THAT HAS FMS FLAG OF F
 085  INVALID NSI FINANCIAL FMS FLAG ENTERED
 086  INVALID NSI FINANCIAL PLANNED OBLIGATION FYQ
 087  INVALID NSI FINANCIAL FUND SOURCE
 088  INVALID NSI FINANCIAL NUMBER OF SITES
 089  INVALID NSI FINANCIAL ACTUAL FINANCIAL DATE
 090  INVALID NSI FINANCIAL FUNDING PRIORITY
 091  INVALID NSI FINANCIAL AMOUNT
 092  INVALID NSI FINANCIAL WORK ASGN. AMEND. NUMBER
 093  NSI FINANCIAL VALID ACN/DCN OCCURS MULTIPLE TIMES
 094  NSI FIN. VALID ACN/DCN OCCURS ANOTHER PLACE
 095  NSI FINANCIAL VALID ACN MUST BE 10 CHARACTERS
 096  NSI FINANCIAL VALID DCN MUST BE 6 CHARACTERS
 097  INVALID NSI ACTIVITY TYPE
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
   WASTELAN SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
H-3

-------

-------